BD01 System â 40 ... 160 A - GRUP DAP

© Siemens AG 2007 

Catalog LV 70 • 2006 

sivacon 8PS 

Busbar Trunking 

Systems 

CD-K, BD01, BD2 

up to 1250 A


Related catalogs 

Contents 

Low-Voltage Controls and 

Distribution 

SIRIUS · SENTRON · SIVACON 

Order No.: 

Catalog 

E86060-K1002-A101-A5-7600 

Technical Information 

E86060-T1002-A101-A5-7600 

LV 1 

LV 1 T 

Systems • Controls: Contactors and contactor assemblies, 

solid-state switching devices • Protection equipment 

• Load feeders, motor starters and soft starters • 

Monitoring and control devices • Detecting devices • 

Commanding and signaling devices • Transformers • 

Power supplies • ALPHA FIX terminal blocks • Planning 

and configuration with SIRIUS • SIVACON busway and 

cubicle systems • SENTRON switching and protection 

devices for power distribution: Air circuit-breakers, 

molded case circuit-breakers, switch disconnectors • 

Planning, design and management with SIMARIS • 

BETA modular installation devices 

Industrial Communication 

Industrial Communication 

for Automation and Drives 

Order No.: 

E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600 

IK PI 

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet • Industrial Mobile 

Communicaton • PROFIBUS to IEC 61158/EN 50170 • 

SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os • AS-Interface to 

EN 50295/IEC 61158 • Remote operation with SINAUT 

ST7 • Telecontrol • Routers • ECOFAST system 

SIVENT 

2CC and 2CQ Axial Fans 

Order No.: 

E86060-K1865-A101-A1-7600 

LV 65 

2CC low-pressure axial fans • 2CQ medium-pressure 

axial fans 

SIDAC 

Reactors and Filters 

Order No.: 

E86060-K2803-A101-A3-7600 

SIVACON 8PS 

Busway Systems 

CD-K, BD01, BD2 

up to1250 A 

Order No.: 

E86060-K1870-A101-A2-7600 

Automation & Drives 

The A&D Offline-Mall 

CD-ROM: 

E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600 

DVD: 

E86060-D4001-A510-C4-7600 

A&D Mall 

Internet: 

http://www.siemens.com/ 

automation/mall 

Catalog PDF 

Internet: 

http://www.automation. 

siemens.com/cd 

LV 60 

LV 70 

CA 01 

Commutating reactors for converters • Mains reactors 

for frequency converters • Iron-core output reactors • 

Ferrite output reactors • Iron-core smoothing reactors • 

Smoothing air-core reactors • Filter reactors • Application-specific 

reactors • Radio interference suppression 

filters • dv/dt filters • Sinewave filters 

Busway systems, Overview • CD-K system (25 to 40 A) • 

BD01 system (40 to 160 A) • BD2 system (160 to 

1250 A) 

All Automation and Drives products, 

including those in the catalogs listed above. 

All Automation and Drives products, 

including those in the catalogs listed above. 

All Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Catalogs as 

PDF for download. 

Registered trademarks 

Technical Assistance 

All product designations may be registered trademarks 

or product names of Siemens AG or other supplying 

companies. Third parties using these trademarks or 

product names for their own purposes may infringe 

upon the rights of the trademark owners. 

Further information about low-voltage controls is 

available on the Internet at: 

http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage 

Expert technical assistance 

for low-voltage controlgear, 

switchgear and systems as 

well as electrical installation. 

Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00 

Fax: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 07 

E-Mail: technical-assistance 

@siemens.com


SIVACON 8PS 

Busbar trunking 

systems CD-K, BD01, 

BD2 up to 1250 A 

Catalog LV 70 · 2006 

Introduction 

Busbar trunking systems, Overview 

1 

Invalid: 

Catalog LV 70 · 2004 

The products contained in this 

catalog are also included in the 

Offline Mall CA 01 

Order No.: 

E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600 (CD-ROM) 

E86060-D4001-A510-C4-7600(DVD) 

Contact your local Siemens 

representative for further information 


CD-K system – 25 ... 40 A 

2 

3 

BD01 system – 40 ... 160 A 

The products and systems 

listed in this catalog 

are distributed/ 

manufactured using a 

certified quality 

management system 

which complies 

with EN ISO 9001 

(Certificate Register No. 

1210016950 TMS). 

The TÜV certificate is 

recognized in all IQNet 

countries. 

BD2 system – 160 ... 1250 A 

4 

5 

Appendix 

s 

6


Explanations 

Useful information on catalog LV 70 · 2006 

The catalog LV 70 · 2006 contains the data needed 

for the selection and ordering of the products dated 

07/2006. 

Delivery times (DT) 

} Preferred type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

X 

2 working days 

1 week 

3 weeks 

6 weeks 

on request 

Packaging size (PS) 

Preferred types are available immediately from 

stock, i.e. are dispatched within 24 hours. 

Normal quantities of the products are usually delivred 

within the specified time following receipt of 

your order at our branch. 

In exceptional cases, the actual delivery period 

may differ from that specified. 

The delivery periods apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready for 

dispatch). The transport times depend on the destination and type of shipping. 

The standard transport time for Germany is 1 day. 

The delivery times specified here represent the state of 07/2006. They are permanently 

optimized. Up-to-date information can be found at 

www.siemens.com/automation/mall. 

Dimensions 

The packaging size defines the number, e.g. of 

units, sets or meters, for outer packaging. 

Only the quantity defined by the packaging size or 

a multiple thereof can be ordered!! 

All dimensions in mm. 

2 

Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Introduction 

1/2 Welcome to 

Automation and Drives 

1/3 Totally Integrated Automation – 

innovations for more productivity 

1/4 Totally Integrated Power – 

energy distribution and 

management from one source 

1/6 Low-voltage Controls 

and Distribution – 

The basis for progressive solutions 

1/8 SIVACON 8PS – Busbar trunking 

systems in action 

1/10 SIVACON 8PS Engineering Tools for 

precisely dimensioned, economical 

solutions 



Welcome to 


We would like to welcome you to Automation 

and Drives and our comprehensive range of 

products, systems, solutions and services for 

production and process automation and 

building technology worldwide. 

With Totally Integrated Automation and 

Totally Integrated Power, we deliver solution 

platforms based on standards that offer you 

a considerable savings potential. 

Discover the world of our technology now. If 

you need more detailed information, please 

contact one of your regional Siemens partners. 

They will be glad to assist you. 

1/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution – 

The basis for progressive solutions 

Extremely high demands are made on modern low-voltage controls and distribution: 

users want cost-effective solutions that are easy to integrate in control cabinets, distribution boards and distributed 

systems and can communicate perfectly with each other. 

Siemens has the answer: SIRIUS industrial controls and low-voltage power distribution with 

SIVACON, SENTRON and SIMARIS 

SIRIUS industrial controls 

The SIRIUS range has everything you need for switching, protecting and starting loads. Products for monitoring, control, 

detection, commanding, signaling and power supply round off the spectrum of industrial controls. Combined with Totally 

Integrated Automation, Safety Integrated and ECOFAST, our product portfolio can be bundled to create optimized 

systems. All in all, Siemens provides innovative controls with modern features, such as integrated communication and 

safety technology that work to your advantage: The basis for ground-breaking integrated solutions. 

Low-voltage power distribution with SIVACON, SENTRON and SIMARIS 

Non-residental buildings and industrial plants have one thing in common: without electricity, everything comes to a halt. 

The availability, safety and cost effectiveness of the power distribution system is of utmost importance – from the medium 

voltage supply point through to the socket outlet. And only integrated solutions can ensure maximum efficiency 

for planning, configuration and operation. The concept is called Totally Integrated Power from Siemens. 

Total integration in planning and configuration creates synergies and saves costs. Perfectly interacting products and 

systems provide efficient engineering and reliable operation. In the field of low-voltage power distribution, the following 

product ranges are available: 

SIVACON: From flexible busbar trunking systems through to safe power distribution boards and motor control centers. 

SENTRON: From well-proven switch disconnectors through to intelligent circuit-breakers. 

SIMARIS: The software range for the planning, design and management of power distribution. 

SENTRON switching devices 

SIRIUS modular systems 

SIRIUS Safety Integrated 

Siemens LV 70 · 2006 

1/3


Totally Integrated Automation – 

innovations for more productivity 

With thelaunchofTotally IntegratedAutomation, we were the 

first ones on the market to consistently implement the trend 

from equipment to an integrated automation solution, and 

have continuously improved the system ever since. 

Whether your industryisprocess- and production-oriented or 

ahybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is aunique "common 

solution"platformthat covers all the sectors. 

Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platformfor the 

entireproduction line -from receiving to technical processing 

and production areas to shipping. Thanks tothe system- 

ERP 

Enterprise 

Resource 

Planning 

Ethernet 

MES 

Manufacturing 

Execution 

Systems 

Ethernet 

Production 

Order 

Management 

Production 

Operations 

Recording 

Material 

Management 

Equipment 

Management 

Control 

SIMATIC NET 

Industrial 

Communication 

SINAUT Telecontrol 

System 

SIMATIC 

Software 

SIMATIC Controllers/ 

Automation System 

SIMATIC 

Sensors 

PROFINET 

Industrial 

Ethernet 

Safety Integrated 

PROFIBUS 

PC-based Automation 

AS-Interface 

KNX/EIB 

Building 

Technology 

GAMMA inst abus 

Micro-Automation and 

Actuator-Sensor Interface Level 

ECOFAST IP65 

Distributed 

Automation System 

1/4 Siemens LV70·2006


oriented engineering environment, integrated, open communicationsaswell 

asintelligent diagnostics options, your plant 

now benefits in every phase of the life cycle. 

In fact, to this dayweare the only companyworldwide that can 

offeracontrol systembased on an integrated platform forboth 

the production and process industry. 

SIMATIC IT Framework 

Production Modeler 

Plant 

Information 

Management 

Detailed 

Production 

Scheduling 

Product Specification 

Management System 

Laboratory Information 

Management System 

SENTRON 

Circuit 

Breakers 

SIMATIC PCS 7 

ProcessControl System 

SIMATIC HMI 

Human Machine 

Interface 

SIMOTION 

Motion Control 


SINUMERIK 

Computer 

NumericControl 

Field Instrumentation/ 

Analytics 

HART 

SIMOCODE pro 

MotorManagement 


SIMATIC 

Distributed 

I/O 

SIWAREX 

Weighing 

Technology 

PROFIBUSPA 

DriveSystems/ 

SINAMICS 

SINAMICS 

SIMODRIVE 

SINAMICS 

Siemens LV 70 ·2006 

1/5


Totally Integrated Power – 

integrated power distribution 

from one source 

Totally Integrated Power by Siemens offers integrated solutions 

for power distribution in commercial, institutional and 

industrial buildings ranging from medium voltage to the wall 

outlet. 

Totally Integrated Power is based on the integration in 

planning and configuration as well as on interface-optimized 

products and systems. In addition, it features communication 

and software modules for interfacing power distribution 

systems to industrial automation and building automation, 

thus offering a substantial savings potential. 

Communication 

HMI Load 

Graphs Prognoses 

management 

Process/production 

automation 

U 

I 

coso 

P 

W 

PROCESS FIELD BUS 

Products and systems 

£ 110 kV 

Planning and configuration 

1/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2006

DATE: 

EMPLOYEE 

COST CENTER 

PAY PERIOD BEGINNING 

PAY PERIOD ENDING 

DATE 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

OVERTIME 

DATE 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

OVERTIME 

DATE 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

OVERTIME 

CODES 

V=VACATION 

H=HOLIDAY 

S=SICK 

SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL 



REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER 

OVER THE HOURS 

TIME & ONE-HALF 

SICK 

VACATION 

TOTALHOURS 

TOTALHOURS 

TOTALHOURS 


Message/ 

error 

management 

Maintenance 

Substation 

Distribution 

Maintenance 

task 

Selective 

protection 

Protocols 

Power 

quality 

Cost center 

Building 

automation 

Hall 1 Air conditioning system 

checkup 

Distribution 3 Replacing circuit 

breaker contacts 

Infeed II Replacing meters 

central ON 

OFF 

local ON 

OFF 

tripped 

instabus EIB 


1/7


SIVACON 8PS – 

Busbar trunking systems in action 

Busbar trunking systems in the low-voltage 

range guarantee the reliable transmission and 

distribution of power from the transformer 

through the main distribution board to the load. 

Siemens offers a complete range of high-performance 

systems: 

• CD-K for 25 A to 40 A 

• BD01 for 40 A to 160 A 

• BD2 for 160 A to 1250 A 

• LR for 400 A to 6300 A 

• LD for 1100 A to 5000 A 

• LX for 800 A to 6300 A 

All busbar trunking systems are "Type-tested 

low-voltage controlgear assemblies" (TTA) 

according to IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2. They thus 

provide a safety standard which meets the high 

demands of automated production facilities and 

building management systems. 

The BD01 system is quickly mounted and ideal 

for power distribution in craft businesses and the 

skilled trades, e.g. in photographic studios. 

Other advantages: 

• Well-arranged network topology 

• Unproblematic retrofitting in the event of load 

changes 

• Low operating costs thanks to high availability 

• Easy planning and mounting 

Area-wide solutions for lighting systems and 

small loads 

Be it in furniture stores, supermarkets or greenhouses 

– with the CD-K system (up to 40 A) you 

can easily mount and supply power to lighting 

systems over large areas. The attractive design 

of the busbar trunking systems is very suitable 

for sales rooms open to the public. On the other 

hand, its high degree of protection allows the 

CD system to be used even in harsh environments. 

The ideal system for production lines 

needing a great deal of power is the 

LD system up to 5000 A. 

Power for loads with no fixed location 

The BD01 system is ideal for power distribution 

(up to 160 A) in craft businesses and the skilled 

trades. The busbar enclosures can be easily 

and quickly connected. An anti-rotation element 

in the tap-off units prevents incorrect mounting 

and guarantees easy conversion. 

Other advantages: Minimum keeping of stocks 

and straightforward planning thanks to one 

standard size for five different levels of current. 

In the petrochemical industry, it is the LR system that provides 

reliable and fault-free power supply. 

1/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Universal power distribution 

The BD2 system (up to 1250 A) supplies power 

to medium-size loads in buildings and all 

sectors of industry. Pre-assembled tap-off units 

with the most diverse equipment enable universal 

use. Two standard frame sizes covering all 

current ratings simplify stock keeping and 

planning. 

Siemens offers modular ancillary equipment units for indication, control and monitoring 

of the flow of power through busbar trunking systems. These units are equipped with bus 

interfaces, control circuit devices and power meters. 

The LX busbar trunking system is the perfect equipment for multi-storey buildings where 

large quantities of power need to be transported, uninfluenced by the mounting position 

of the system. 

High availability in production 

The louvred LD busbar trunking system, up to 

5000 A, is the system for transporting current in 

production lines with a large energy requirement, 

such as in the automotive industry. A 

separate PE bar enables the assured response 

of the protective device over long conducting 

paths. The high short-circuit resistance permits 

protection by medium-voltage circuit-breakers 

for the conveyance of power between the 

transformer and the main infeed. Tap-off units 

up to 1250 A can be plugged in without causing 

any problems. 

Flexible power distribution for multi-storey 

buildings 

The LX sandwich-style system, up to 6300 A, is 

used where large quantities of power need to be 

transported, uninfluenced by the mounting position 

of the system. Be it for radio broadcasting 

stations, computer centers or Internet providers 

– conductor configurations with an insulated 

PE/ground conductor and double neutral conductor 

cross-section guarantee an interferencefree 

power supply. Tap-off units up to 1250 A 

are available as standard. 

Safe power conveyance for petrochemicals 

The encapsulated LR system (up to 6300 A) is 

extremely resistant to external interference 

thanks to its high degree of protection. This 

ensures safe and reliable transport of power 

even in rough weather or in highly dust and dirt 

and corrosion polluted industrial environments. 

Typical applications of this system is the petrochemical 

industry, waste incinerators and power 

stations. 


1/9


SIVACON 8PS Engineering Tools for 

precisely dimensioned, economical solutions 

SIVACON Engineering Tools from Siemens help 

generate precisely dimensioned and efficient 

planning and design solutions, You are in full 

control of even complex tasks at all times: 

Selection aid for busbar trunking systems 

(MobileSpice) 

The selection aid enables you to order busbar 

trunking systems up to 1250 A and is available 

in the Mall. The same selection aid can also be 

found in Catalog CA 01 on CD-ROM. 

The following configurators are available: 

• SIVACON 8PS System CD-K, 25 ... 40 A 

• SIVACON 8PS System BD01, 40 ... 160 A 

• SIVACON 8PS System BD2, 160 ... 1250 A 

In MobileSpice, you select the trunking units for your system from a menu, 

and then transfer them into an order list. 

Should you have any queries concerning 

installation, functionality or application options – 

please mail us at 

sbts.tool_support@siemens.com 

We will be pleased to assist you. 

1/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Busbar Trunking Systems, 

Overview 

2/2 Contents 

2/4 System overview 

2/6 Technical overview 

2/8 Principles of busbar trunking 

planning 

2/9 Communication-capable busbar 

trunking for industry and buildings 

2/11 Busbars instead of cables 



Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview 

Contents 

■ Overview 

2 

Trunking unit with tap-off unit 

Feeder unit 

2/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Contents 

CD-K system – 25 A ... 40 A 

BD2 system – 160 A ... 1250 A 

NSV0_00201 

NSV0_00421 

Page 

System overview of busbar trunking systems 2/4 

Technical overview of busbar trunking systems 2/6 

Contents: CD-K system 3/1 

Overview 3/2 

Design 3/4 

Technical specifications 3/7 

Selection and ordering data 3/9 

Engineering 3/15 

Dimensional drawings 3/22 

Page 



Contents: BD2 system 5/1 

Overview 5/2 

Design 5/4 




Fire barriers 5/94 


2 

BD01 system – 40 A ... 160 A 

NSV0_00241 

Page 



Contents: BD01 system 4/1 

Overview 4/2 

Design 4/3 






2/3

D 0 1 -K 

B 

0 1 D 

D 0 1 -K 



System overview 

■ Overview 

6 

2 

3 

6 

B B 

2 

4 

6 

1 

B B 

5 

6 

NSV0_00682 

2/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



System overview 

■ Benefits 

$ CD-K system up to 40 A 

The versatile busbar trunking system for area-wide power 

supply to lighting systems: 

• Versatile thanks to high degree of protection up to IP55 

• Lower planning costs through simple configuration 

• Time-saving mounting through plug-in quick connector 

• Tap-off points on both sides for optimized utilization of the 

busbar 

• Uniform current loading of the conductors through splitting of 

the tap-off plugs among the individual phases 

• Tap-off plugs allow fast, flexible load relocation 

% BD01 system up to 160 A 

The busbar trunking system for power distribution in craft 

business and the skilled trades: 

• High degree of protection up to IP55 

• Flexible power supply 

• Easy and quick planning 

• Time-saving mounting 

• Reliable mechanical and electrical connection 

• High stability, low weight 

• Few basic modules required 

• Storage-friendly system 

• Variable changes of direction 

• Versatile tap-off units 

• Positive opening and closing of tap-off points 

& BD2 system up to 1250 A 

The busbar trunking system for operation in the harsh industrial 

world. 



• Time-saving and economical mounting 

• Reliable and safe operation 

• Flexible modular system with simple solutions for every 

application 

• Early planning of the power distribution system without exact 

knowledge of load locations 

• Early readiness for operation thanks to fast and simple 

mounting 

• Innovative design: No more compensation boxes to 

compensate elongation 

• Codable outgoing enclosures and outgoing points 

• Sealable throughout 

( LD system up to 5000 A 

The busbar trunking system for optimized power distribution in 

industry: 

• High degree of protection IP54 

• Quick and easy mounting 


• Space-saving, compact design up to 5000 A in one enclosure 

• Load outgoing feeders up to 1250 A 

• Type-tested connection to distribution boards and 

transformers 

) LX system up to 6300 A 

The busbar trunking system for power transmission and distribution 

in buildings: 


• Quick and easy mounting 


• Load outgoing feeders up to 1250 A 

• Type-tested connection to distribution boards and transformers 

LR system 

The busbar trunking system for power conveyance under 

extreme ambient conditions (IP68). 

Detailed information about this system is available from the 

Siemens branch located close to you. 

* Communication-capable busbar trunking systems 

Communication-capable function expansions for combination 

with known outgoing enclosures: 

• Can be used with the systems BD01, BD2, LD and LX 

• Applications: 

- Control of lighting for large areas 

- Remote switching and signaling in the industrial sector 

- Load monitoring of decentral power tap-offs 

• Connection to the bus systems EIB, AS-Interface and 

PROFIBUS 

• Easy contacting of the bus cable by insulation displacement 

method 


• Flexible expansions and modifications 

• Module system 

• Retrofitting of existing installations 

■ More information 

Selection aid for busbar trunking systems (MobileSpice) 

The selection aid enables you to order busbar trunking systems 

up to 1250 A. 

The following configurators are available: 

• SIVACON 8PS System CD-K, 25 ... 40 A 

• SIVACON 8PS System BD01, 40 ... 160 A 

• SIVACON 8PS System BD2, 160 .... 1250 A 

This selection aid is available in the A&D Mall and in the 

Catalog CA 01 on CD-ROM. This CD-ROM is available free of 

charge from your Siemens branch. 

Manual 

Planning with SIVACON 8PS – Busbar trunking systems up to 

6300 A 

(available soon) 

Leaflet 

Busbar trunking for safe and flexible power distribution up to 

6300 A 

(Order No. E20001-A220-P309-V1-7600) 

2 


2/5



Technical overview 

■ Overview 

2 

Busbar trunking systems Rated current Rated operational 

voltage 

CD-K 30 

40 

2 3 25 

2 3 40 

NSV0_00201 

Frequency 

Number of 

active 

conductors 

Degree of 

protection 

A V AC Hz °C 

Ambient 

temperature, 

min./max. 

400 50 ... 60 2, 3, 4, 2 3 4 Up to IP55 -5/+40 

(PE = enclosure) 

BD01 40 

63 

100 

125 


NSV0_00241 

400 50 ... 60 4 

Up to IP55 -5/+40 


BD2A 

BD2C 

160 ... 400, 

500 ... 1250 

690 50 ... 60 5 Up to IP55 -5/+40 

NSV0_00421 

LDA1 ... LDA8 

LDC2 ... LDC8 

1100 ... 4000, 

2000 ... 5000 

1000 50 ... 60 4 or 5 Up to IP54 -5/+40 

NSV0_00681 

LXA01 ... LXA10 

LXC01 ... LXC10 

800 ... 4500, 

1000.... 6300 

690 50 ... 60 3, 4, 5, 6 Up to IP55 -5/+40 


NSV0_00321 

LRC01 ... LRC29 630.... 6300 1000 50 ... 60 4, 5 IP68 -5/+40 

NSV0_01451 

2/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Technical overview 

Mounting 

position 

Length Tap-off points Tap-off units Material Fire load Can be combined with communication-capable 

tap-off units for 

m 

kWh/m 

Edgewise 2 

3 

On one side 

every 0.5 or 1 m 

On two sides 


Up to 16 A 

Insulated 

Cu conductors, 

painted sheetsteel 

enclosure 

0.1 ... 0.48 -- 

2 

Edgewise, 

flat 

(tap-off points 

downwards) 

2 

3 

On one side 


Up to 63 A 

Insulated 

Al or Cu 

conductors, 


enclosure 

0.76 Lighting control 

Edgewise; 

flat and vertical 

0.5 ... 3.25 None 

On two sides 

offset every 0.25 

or 0.5 m 

Up to 630 A 

Al or Cu busbars, 


enclosure 

0.6 ... 0.67 

(without tap-off 

points) 

Lighting control, 

remote switching, signaling and 

consumption measurement 

Horizontal, 

edgewise 

and vertical 

0.5 ... 3.2 None 

On one side 

every 1 m 

On two sides 

every 1 m 

Up to 1250 A 

Insulated 

Al or Cu busbars, 


enclosure 

4.16 ... 8.83 

(without tap-off 

points) 

Remote switching and signaling 

and consumption measurement 

Horizontal, 

edgewise 

and vertical 

0.35 ... 3 None 

On one side 

every 0.5 m 

On two sides 

every 0.5 m 

Up to 1250 A 

Insulated 1.95 ... 11.07 

Al or Cu busbars, (without tap-off 

painted aluminum 

points) 

enclosure 

Remote switching and signaling 

and consumption measurement 

Horizontal, 

edgewise 

and vertical 

0.5 ... 3 None 

On one side 

selectable 

Up to 630 A 

Epoxy resin 

system, 

Cu busbars 

-- -- 


2/7



Principles of busbar trunking planning 

2 

■ Overview 

Trunking units for currents from 40 to 6300 A 

When it comes to developing a power distribution concept, 

including the configuring of systems and devices, it is necessary 

to coordinate the requirements and possibilities of the end-user 

with those of the manufacturer. 

With this in mind, the individual systems are described along 

with their technical features and applications. Another element is 

the graphic representation of the various busbar trunking 

elements. All details of importance for the planning work are 

specially emphasized and explained. 

In "More Information" you will find ideas for a ready-to-use 

planning solution. For example, dimensioning principles are 

presented and in-depth information given on subjects such as 

fire protection through compartmentalization or functional 

endurance. 

Services and engineering tools are available from Siemens to 

simplify the drawing up of customer specifications. 

General information 

When developing the planning concept of a power supply system 

it is necessary not only to consider the standards and 

specifications in force but also to clarify the correlations between 

economy and technology. Electrical equipment such as distribution 

boards and transformers must be dimensioned and 

selected so that they represent an optimum in their entirety and 

not just individually. 

All components must be sufficiently dimensioned for the loads 

which arise in the event of a fault as well as during operation at 

rated values. Other decisive points to be considered when 

drawing up the power concept are: 

• The type, utilization and shape of building 

(e.g. high-rise, flat-roof and number of storeys) 

• Determination of load centers and fixing of possible supply 

routes and locations for transformers and main distribution 

boards 

• Fixing of building-related rating values according to specific 

area loads depending on the building's use 

• Specifications and requirements imposed by the building 

authorities 

• Requirements imposed by the power supply companies 

The result will never be a single solution but several versions 

which must be assessed with regard to their technical and 

economic implications. The following requirements are paramount 

in this connection: 

• Easy and clear-cut planning 

• Long life 

• High availability 

• Low fire load 

• Flexible adaptation to alterations in the building 

In most applications these requirements are easily met by the 

use of suitable busbar. For this reason, busbar rather than the 

cable installation method is being used more and more often by 

engineering offices for the conveyance and distribution of 

power. Siemens offers busbar trunking systems from 25 to 

6300 A: 

• The CD-K busbar system from 25 to 40 A for supplying power 

to lights and miniature loads 

• The BD01 busbar system from 40 to 160 A for supplying 

power to workshops with outgoing feeders up to 63 A 

• The BD2 system from 160 to 1250 A for supplying power to 

medium-size loads in buildings and in industry 

• The LD system for supplying power to loads with medium 

power consumption and in industry 

• The LX sandwich system for the distribution of large amounts 

of power in buildings 

• The LR encapsulated system for the conveyance of power in 

extreme ambient conditions (IP68) 

2/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Communication-capable busbar trunking 

for industry and buildings 

■ Overview 

Busbar trunking systems 

The strengths of busbar trunking systems lie in the conveyance 

and distribution and the switching and contacting of electrical 

power. 

The integration of automation and building management systems 

in the Siemens busbar trunking systems results in additional 

benefits and at the same time increases the flexibility of the 

busbar trunking. 

The combination of standard tap-off units with standard ancillary 

equipment units ensures efficiency particularly in planning, 

installation and operation. 

Advantages of the system solution during planning: 

• Modular system 

• Tested standard components 

• Free choice of bus system 

• Use of common bus systems 

Advantages of the system solution during start-up: 

• Easy and quick installation 

• Start-up in steps possible 

• Flexible in case of expansions and modifications 

Advantages of the system solution during operation: 

• Transparency of switching states 

• Central recording of power costs 

• Increase in plant availability as a result of immediate detection 

of the type of fault and its location 

• Preventive maintenance through recording of hours in operation 

and operating cycles 

System concept of communication-capable busbar trunking 

Switching and reporting with the BD2 system 

The standardized tap-off units of the busbar trunking systems 

can be combined with standard types of ancillary equipment 

unit to form a system solution of communication-capable busbar 

trunking. 

The standard applications are assembled at the factory from a 

combination of tap-off unit and ancillary equipment unit. The bus 

cable for transmitting the data signals is laid in a cable duct 

which must be mounted on the busbar enclosure. 

2 


2/9



Communication-capable busbar trunking 

for industry and buildings 

2 

Standard application: lighting control 

The lighting control application enables the efficient and lowcost 

implementation of lighting control systems for large areas 

such as are used, for example, in supermarkets, furniture stores 

or DIY centers. 

The power bus is formed by BD01 or BD2 busbar trunking from 

Siemens, depending on the current requirement. 

The standard tap-off units, equipped with miniature circuitbreakers 

or fuses, feed CD-K busbar systems which act simultaneously 

as the support system for the lighting elements. The 

economical and efficient control of extensive lighting systems is 

thus possible. 

The EIB (European Installation Bus) or AS-Interface bus systems 

are suitable for standard applications. On live busbar systems 

the tap-off point for power and bus can be adapted to the 

operational requirements. 

Possible functions of the lighting control 

• Three times single-pole switching (L1, L2, L3) or 1/3, 2/3, 3/3 

control 

• Checkback of switching states 

•Lamp test 

• Recording of hours in operation and operating cycles 

Standard application for consumption recording 

The consumption recording function enables the central 

recording of distributed power meters. 

The time-consuming reading of local meters is no longer necessary. 

Integration of the consumption recording in a visualization 

or I&C system by means of the data bus creates maximum transparency 

in the power distribution board. If recorded continuously, 

the measured values collected can be assigned to cost 

centers at a central point. The evaluation of trends and histories 

enables the data acquired to be analyzed. 

The combinations of tap-off unit and ancillary equipment unit 

can be equipped with either calibrated or non-calibrated power 

meters and enable the quick and transparent presentation of 

power consumption levels at the power tap-off points. 

The power bus is formed by BD2, LD or LX busbar trunking from 

Siemens, depending on the current requirement. Transformer 

sets (non-calibrated and calibrated) are available for the various 

tap-off units and levels of current. 

Possible functions for consumption recording 

• Recording of consumption data 

• Resetting of meter total 

• Indication of a group fault 

• Reporting in the event of meter overflow, calling up of 

historical data 

Standard application for switching and reporting 

The application for switching and reporting enables the remote 

switching and remote monitoring of power or motor feeders. 

The power supply becomes highly transparent through the central 

recording of switching and operating states. In the event of 

a fault, the type of fault, e.g. short-circuit or overload tripping, 

and its location are detected quickly and efficiently so that the 

availability of the power supply system is effectively increased. 

The power bus is formed by BD2, LD or LX busbar trunking 

systems from Siemens, depending on the current requirement. 

The combinations of standard tap-off unit and standard device 

unit are equipped with corresponding switching devices and 

enable the centrally controlled switching and monitoring of the 

circuit-breakers. 

The AS-Interface or PROFIBUS bus systems are suitable for 

standard applications. 

Possible functions for switching and reporting 

• Central recording of switching and operating states 

• Local and central switching 

• Switching on is monitored by means of an integrated run-time 

monitor 

• Fault signal inputs 

• Group fault signal 

• Short-circuit signal 

• Overload signal 

• Recording of hours in operation and operating cycles 

• Limit value signals 

2/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Busbars instead of cables 

■ Overview 

Easier when it comes to planning 

Easy to plan, quick to install and flexible to use: Siemens busbar 

trunking systems are the economical answer for conveying 

power into any building. The power distribution system can be 

precisely planned from the total load rating and the type and 

number of loads. Clarity is assured by the line-shaped network 

topology with regularly arranged load feeders. All applications 

can be implemented in less time and space with standardized 

sizes. 

Quicker when it comes to installing 

Benefits during installation: busbar trunking systems can be installed 

by two persons, saving time and money compared to the 

costly cable installation method. Installation errors are practically 

ruled out by the safe and user-guided connection technology. 

No special tools are required. Another benefit for quick installation: 

Siemens busbar trunking systems are easy to fasten 

and have large intervals between supports (busbars up to 4 m, 

cables every 1.5 m). 

Siemens busbar trunking systems are an economical alternative 

to the cable installation method. 

High short-circuit resistance and 

minimum fire load result in greater safety 

A step-ahead in terms of safety – be it short-circuit resistance or 

fire load. For example, the BD2A-250 busbar trunking systems 

have a fire load of only 1.32 kWh/m; comparable cables (NYY 

4× 95/50mm 2 ) have 5.19 kWh/m by contrast. And the busbars 

are halogen-free. Siemens busbar trunking systems have a high 

short-circuit resistance. Also, the near-load protection against 

short-circuiting simplifies troubleshooting. 

2 

High fire load with cables 

With cable installation, new loads are connected by way of an additional 

sub-distribution board, which is costly and time-consuming 

Tap-off units near the loads make local arrangements more transparent 

Low fire load with busbar trunking 

More flexible in case of expansions and modifications 

If the power distribution system has to be adapted to new 

requirements, the busbar will take you quicker to your goal. 

For example, new tap-off units can simply be mounted on the 

tap-off points. The system can be expanded and modified without 

difficulty. Tap-off units and system parts increase the flexibility. 

Cost-intensive downtimes are eliminated or minimized. The 

power distribution system enables faultless operation with high 

user-friendliness and safety. 


2/11



Notes 

2 

2/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


CD-K System – 25 ... 40 A 

3/2 Introduction 

3/7 General data 

3/9 Trunking units 

3/11 Feeder units 

3/12 Tap-off plugs 

3/13 Accessories 

3/15 Engineering information 

3/22 Configuring aids 


CD-K System — 25 ... 40 A 


Introduction 

■ Overview 

5 

4 

1 

2 

2 

3 

5 

5 

3 

4 

3 

3 

2 

NSV0_00035a 

5 

5 

1 

4 

1 Trunking unit 

2 Feeder unit 

3 Tap-off plug 

4 End flange 

5 Optional equipment 

3/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

Version 

Type-tested low-voltage controlgear assembly (TTA) 

according to 

• IEC/EN 60439-1 

• IEC/EN 60439-2 

Degree of protection 

• High degree of protection to IP54 of the standard version 

• Increase to IP55 with accessories 

Components 

■ Design 

Trunking units 

3 2 1 

NSV0_00001 


• 3-, 4-, 5- and 3/5-conductor system 

• Equipment on one side: 

- 2 or 3 outgoing feeders spaced 1 m apart 

- 5 outgoing feeders spaced 0.5 m apart 

• Equipment on two sides: 

- 2, 3 or 5 outgoing feeders spaced 1 m apart 

- 2, 3 or 5 outgoing feeders spaced 0.5 m apart 

• Lengths of 2 m and 3 m 

• Plug-in connection 

• Codable tap-off points 

Feeder units 

• Entry feeder units 

• End feeder units 

Tap-off plugs 

• 3-pole, 10 A and 16 A, Lx (phase can be plugged over 

optionally to L1, L2, L3 ), N and PE 

• 5-pole, 10 A and 16 A, L1, L2, L3, N, PE 

Accessories 

•End flange 

• Fixing bracket 

• Suspension hook 

• Suspension bracket 

• Cable fixture 

•Coding set 

• Degree of protection IP55 

1 Locating section 

2 Connection terminal 

3 Tap-off point 

The trunking units are available in lengths of 2 m and 3 m. They 

consist of a rectangular, galvanized metal enclosure with a 

white-gray paint finish. 

They are equipped on one side or two sides with current leads: 

• 2 leads for L1 + N (PE = enclosure) 

• 3 leads for L1 + L2 + N (PE = enclosure) 

• 4 leads for L1 + L2 + L3 + N (PE = enclosure) 

Single conductor run: 

tap-off points at intervals 

of 0,5 or 1 m 

The tap-off points are spaced at regular intervals of 0.5 or 1 m on 

the trunking unit. 

The trunking unit enclosure acts as the PE conductor. Three 

current ratings are available: 2 × 25 A, 30 A, 40 A and 2 × 40 A. 

All trunking units have finger-safe tap-off points, that can be 

coded by the user. 

Connections 

NSV0_00002 

Two conductor runs: 

tap-off points at intervals 

of 0,5 or 1 m 

3 

■ Benefits 

7 Lower planning costs through simple configuration 

7 Quick-release plug-in connection for fast assembly 

7 Tap-off points on both sides for optimized utilization of the 

busbar 

7 Uniform current loading of the conductors through splitting of 

the tap-off plugs among the individual phases 

7 Tap-off plugs allow fast and flexible load relocation 

7 Accessories for increasing the degree of protection to IP55 for 

extreme environmental conditions 

NSV0_00003 

The trunking units, including those with feeder units and flanges, 

are assembled without tools by straightforward plug-in connection. 

The PE path is established automatically when the enclosures 

are connected. 

An interlock mechanism with two fixings prevents a loosening of 

the connections between the trunking units, Two fixtures prevent 

self-disconnection of the connection. No expansion compensation 

is required. 


3/3



Introduction 

End flanges 

The phase tap-off can therefore be changed by simply changing 

the contacts to another terminal. 

NSV0_00004 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00007 

These flanges provide protection against direct contact at the 

ends of the busbar run. They are suitable for use with all 

systems. 

Feeder units 

L1 + N + PE L2 + N + PE L3 + N + PE 

3 

Two versions are available: 

• as an entry feeder unit for 2 × 25 A, 30 A, 40 A and 2 × 40 A, 

• as a end feeder unit for 2 × 25 A, 30 A, 40 A and 2 × 40 A. 

One end flange is included as standard with each unit. 

Cable entry from three sides. Use metric M25 or M32 plastic 

cable glands with strain relief (not included as standard). 

Tap-off plugs 

Molded plastic-enclosed tap-off plugs are used for taking current 

from the tap-off points on the trunking units. They can be 

mounted and removed by hand. This is even possible with live 

busbars. 

The following versions are available: 

• 3-pole and 5-pole versions without fuse base with halogenfree, 

flame-retardant cable. 

• 3-pole and 5-pole version without fuse base with terminal and 

plastic M20 cable grommet. 

• 3-pole version with fuse base for 8.5 mm × 31.5 mm cylindrical 

fuses; type gG (IEC) and type gL (VDE) (quick), with halogen-free, 

flame-retardant cable. 

• 3-pole and 5-pole versions with fuse bases for one or 

three 8.5 mm × 31.5 mm cylindrical fuses; type gG (IEC) and 

type gL (VDE) (quick), with terminal and plastic M20 cable 

grommet. 

NSV0_00005 

On the 5-pole tap-off plugs, the phase tap-off can not be 

changed. 

The phase assignment of the tap-off plugs is visible from the 

outside. 

NSV0_00037 

Tap-off plugs with terminals accept cables up to 2.5 mm 2 . The 

connection cables should be supported separately if necessary. 

L3 

L1 

L2 

N 

L2 L3 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00009 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00010 

NSV0_00036 

The 3-pole tap-off plugs have a variable phase tap-off, i.e. they 

can be plugged over (optionally to L1, L2 or L3). 

3/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

■ Accessories 

Underfloor mounting 

Fixing bracket for underfloor mounting 

Suspension 

The trunking unit profile allows attachment of the suspension 

and fixing brackets at any point of the trunking unit. 

• Fixing bracket for trunking units and suspension bracket for 

luminaires up to max. 20 kg (5-fold safety to DIN 49980). 

For more accurate centering, the CD-GP threaded plate can 

be used. 

NSV0_00011 

Coding 

Coding can be used for various frequencies and voltages. It can 

be retrofitted to the CD-K-... trunking units and the CD-K-A... 

tap-off plugs. Three code settings are possible: CD-K1, -K2, -K3. 

NSV0_00014 

Fixing bracket 

• Suspension bracket for suspending trunking units and for 

increased mechanical rigidity at the trunking unit connection 

points. 

3 

NSV0_00012 

NSV0_00015 

Suspension bracket 

• Snap-on fixing bracket for suspension from the trunking unit 

and for mounting luminaires (for luminaires up to max. 20 kg 

at 5-fold safety to DIN 49980). Also allows cables to be routed 

alongside the system at a later stage. Snap-on fixing brackets 

must be used only for balanced loads, not for concentrated 

loads. 

NSV0_00038 

Fixing bracket, snap-on 

• Cables routed with the trunking unit can be secured using the 

cable clip. 

NSV0_00017 

NSV0_00016 

Cable clip 


3/5



Introduction 

Accessories for IP55 


The higher degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting an 

additional seal and a flange at the tap-off point and by sticking 

pads over the connection fixtures. 

Tap-off plugs 

The degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting additional 

seals at the tap-off point. 

NSV0_00987 

N 

NSV0_00986 

Tap-off plug 

3 

Tap-off point 

NSV0_00988 

NSV0_00989 

Connection point between end flange and trunking unit 

Tap-off plug for cylindrical fuses 

NSV0_00990 

Connection between trunking units 

NSV0_00991 

Connection between trunking unit and feeder unit 

3/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



General data 

■ Technical specifications 

General technical specifications 

Type 


CD-K-... 

Standards and specifications IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2 

Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 400/400 

Overvoltage category/pollution degree 

Rated operational voltage U e V AC 400 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 

Resistance to climate Damp heat, constant, according to IEC 60068-2-78 

Damp heat, cyclic, according to IEC 60068-2-30 

Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40 

Degree of protection according to IEC/EN 60529 

IP54, increase to IP55 with accessories 

Material 

•Trunking units 

Galvanized, painted sheet steel 

•Busbars 

Tinned and insulated round-section copper wires 

Mounting position 

Edgewise; tap-off points at the side 

Weigth 

See "Selection and Ordering Data" 

III/3 

Type CD-K-1302 CD-K-1303 CD-K-1304 CD-K-2254 (/2) 

Conductors 

Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400 

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 

Rated operational voltage U e V AC 400 400 400 400 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 

Rated current I e = conventional thermal current 

A 30 30 30 2 × 25 

at max. 40 °C and 35 °C on a 24 h average 

Impedance of conductors at 50 Hz 

and 20 °C 

•Resistance R 20 mΩ/m 5.79 5.79 5.79 4.56 

• Reactance X 20 mΩ/m 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.15 

• Impedance Z 20 mΩ/m 5.80 5.80 5.80 4.56 

Impedance of conductors 

under fault conditions 

• AC resistance R F mΩ/m 8.24 8.24 8.24 7.50 

• Reactance X F mΩ/m 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.32 

• Impedance Z F mΩ/m 8.25 8.25 8.25 7.51 

Zero impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 (VDE 0102) 

•Resistance R 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 24.24 24.24 24.24 18.59 

• Reactance X 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 1.77 1.77 1.77 0.82 

• Impedance Z 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 24.30 24.30 24.30 18.61 

•Resistance R 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 12.00 12.00 12.00 13.49 

• Reactance X 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 1.80 1.80 1.80 0.82 

• Impedance Z 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 12.13 12.13 12.13 13.52 

Short-circuit strength 

Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.0 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw (t = 1 s) kA 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.69 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw (t = 0.1 s) kA 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0 

Conductors 

Number of active conductors 2 3 4 2 × 4 (1 × 4, 1 × 2) 

Conductor cross-section 

• L1, L2, L3 mm 2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0 

•N mm 2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0 

• PE (enclosure) = Cu mm 2 11 11 11 11 

Conductor material Cu Cu Cu Cu 

Fire load kWh/m 0.1 0.15 0.201 0.48 

Max. thermal load , I 2 t value A 2 s × 10 3 310 310 310 470 

Fixing intervals 

m 3 3 3 3 

at normal mechanical load 

Position of tap-off points 

depending on the type: on one side at 0.5 m or 1 m intervals, on both sides at 0.5 m 

intervals or alternating from side to side and offset at 0.5 m intervals 

3 


3/7



General data 

3 

Type CD-K-1402 CD-K-1403 CD-K-1404 CD-K-2404 (/2) 

Conductors 

Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400 


Rated operational voltage U e V AC 400 400 400 400 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 



Feeder units, conductor cross-sections 

A 40 40 40 2 × 40 


and 20 °C 


• Reactance X 20 mΩ/m 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.13 




• AC resistance R F mΩ/m 5.61 5.61 5.61 4.17 

• Reactance X F mΩ/m 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.40 

• Impedance Z F mΩ/m 5.67 5.67 5.67 4.18 


•Resistance R 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.33 

• Reactance X 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.78 

• Impedance Z 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 14.88 14.88 14.88 14.33 

•Resistance R 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 9.87 9.87 9.87 5.15 

• Reactance X 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 1.02 1.02 1.02 0.74 

• Impedance Z 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 9.92 9.92 9.92 5.21 


Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw (t = 1 s) kA 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw (t = 0.1 s) kA 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 

Conductors 

Number of active conductors 2 3 4 2 × 4 (1 × 4, 1 × 2) 


• L1, L2, L3 mm 2 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

•N mm 2 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

• PE (enclosure) = Cu mm 2 11 11 11 11 


Fire load kWh/m 0.12 0.18 0.24 0.48 

Max. thermal load, I 2 t value A 2 s × 10 3 720 720 720 720 

Fixing intervals 

m 3 3 3 3 


Position of tap-off points 

depending on the type: on one side at 0.5 m or 1 m intervals, on both sides at 0.5 m 

intervals or alternating from side to side and offset at 0.5 m intervals 

Version Type L1, L2, L3 N PE 

Tap-off plugs 

min. 

mm 2 

max. 

mm 2 

Entry feeder unit CD-K-...-EA 2.5 6 (f) 

10 (e, m) 

End feeder unit CD-K-...-EE 2.5 6 (f) 

10 (e, m) 

min. 

mm 2 

max. 

mm 2 

2.5 6 (f) 

10 (e, m) 

2.5 6 (f) 

10 (e, m) 

f = flexible with end sleeve, so = solid, st = stranded 

min. 

mm 2 

max. 

mm 2 

2.5 6 (f) 

10 (e, m) 

2.5 6 (f) 

10 (e, m) 

Type 

CD-K-A... 

Version 

3- or 5-pole 

Rated current I e A 10 or 16 

Switching capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-3 

• Utilization category 

AC-20B 

Connection 

without or with permanently attached cable; 

the PE operates as a leading contact during connection and as a delayed contact 

during removal 

Fuses 

without or with fuse holder for cylindrical fuses 8.5 mm × 31.5 mm, 

type gG (IEC) or type gL (VDE) (quick) 

3/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




■ Selection and ordering data 

Version Length Conductor Tap-off points DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

Number Distance 

per unit 

approx. 

m m kg 

Rated current I e = 30 A, tap-off points on one side 


sheet steel enclosure, 

3 3-pole 3 1 A CD-K-1302-3 BVP:211151 6 units 2.450 

color similar to RAL 9002 (white-gray), 

L1 

codable tap-off points 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00236 


NSV0_00201 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00237 


L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 


L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

3 5-pole 5 0.5 A CD-K-1304-3-05 BVP:211155 6 units 2.650 

3 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

Rated current I e = 40 A, tap-off points on one side 



3 3-pole 3 1 A CD-K-1402-3 BVP:211156 6 units 2.450 


L1 


N 

PE 

NSV0_00236 


NSV0_00201 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00237 


L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 


L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

3 5-pole 5 0.5 A CD-K-1404-3-05 BVP:211160 6 units 2.850 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. 


3/9




Version Length Conductor Tap-off points DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 


per unit 

approx. 

m m kg 

Rated current I e = 2 × 25 A, tap-off points on two sides 



2 2 × 5-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2254-2 BVP:211161 6 units 2.350 

L3 


L2 


L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 

3 2 × 5-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2254-3 BVP:211162 6 units 3.650 

NSV0_00201 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 

3 2 × 5-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2254-3-05 BVP:211163 6 units 3.650 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 

2 5- + 3-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2254/2-2 BVP:610352 6 units 2.350 

3 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L1 

N 

NSV0 00240 

3 5- + 3-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2254/2-3 BVP:610353 6 units 3.650 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L1 

N 


3 5- + 3-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2254/2-3-05 BVP:610354 6 units 3.650 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L1 

N 


Rated current I e = 2 × 40 A, tap-off points on two sides 


sheet steel enclosure , 

2 2 × 5-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2404-2 BVP:610001 6 units 2.350 

L3 


L2 


L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 

3 2 × 5-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2404-3 BVP:610002 6 units 3.650 

NSV0_00201 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 

3 2 × 5-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2404-3-05 BVP:610003 6 units 3.650 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 

2 5- + 3-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2404/2-2 BVP:610357 6 units 2.350 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L1 

N 


3 5- + 3-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2404/2-3 BVP:610358 6 units 3.650 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L1 

N 


3 5- + 3-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2404/2-3-05 BVP:610359 6 units 3.650 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L1 

N 


3/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.



Feeder units 


Version Length Conductor DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

m 

kg 

Feeder unit, incl. CD-EF end flange 

Molded-plastic enclosure, 

terminals for 2.5 to 10 mm 2 cables, 

cable entry from 3 sides, 

suitable for plastic cable glands with strain relief, 

M25 or M32 (not included as standard) 

Rated current I e = 30 A, tap-off points on one side 

Entry feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1304-EA BVP:211164 1 unit 0.320 

NSV0_00202 

End feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1304-EE BVP:211165 1 unit 0.450 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

NSV0_00203 

Rated current I e = 40 A, tap-off points on one side 

Entry feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1404-EA BVP:211166 1 unit 0.320 

NSV0_00202 

End feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1404-EE BVP:211167 1 unit 0.450 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

NSV0_00238 

3 

NSV0_00203 

Rated current I e = 2 × 25 A, tap-off points on two sides 

Entry feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2254-EA BVP:211168 1 unit 0.420 

NSV0_00202 

End feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2254-EE BVP:211169 1 unit 0.500 

NSV0_00203 

Rated current I e = 2 × 40 A, tap-off points on two sides 

Entry feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2404-EA BVP:610004 1 unit 0.420 

NSV0_00202 

End feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2404-EE BVP:610005 1 unit 0.500 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00238 

NSV0_00239 

NSV0_00239 

NSV0_00239 

NSV0_00203 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00239 



3/11



Tap-off plugs 


Version Tap-off cable Rated current 

Length 

DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

Crosssection 

I e per unit 

approx. 

m mm 2 A kg 

Tap-off plugs with cable 

Halogen-free cable according to IEC 60754-1 and 

flame-retardant according to IEC 60332-1 

3-pole, can be changed over to L1 or L2 or L3, with N 0.8 3 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A3SO-1 BVP:610376 10 units 0.100 

and PE; without fuses 

3 3 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A3SO-3 BVP:610377 10 units 0.230 


5 3 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A3SO-5 BVP:610379 10 units 0.400 


NSV0_00235 

5-pole, L1 or L2, L3, N and PE; 

without fuses 

0.8 5 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A5SO-1 BVP:610381 10 units 0.120 

3 5 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A5SO-3 BVP:610382 10 units 0.400 



3 

NSV0_00235 

3-pole, can be changed over to L1, L2 or L3, with N and PE; 

with holder for 1 cylindrical fuse 8.5 mm x 31.5 mm, 

type gG (IEC) or gL (VDE), (quick) 

0.8 3 × 1.5 16 A CD-K-A3M-1 BVP:211198 5 units 0.220 

3 3 × 1.5 16 A CD-K-A3M-3 BVP:211199 10 units 0.460 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00205 

Tap-off plugs with terminals 

With plastic M20 cable grommet, 

connection using 2.5 mm 2 terminal 

3-pole, can be changed over to L1 or L2 or L3, with N 

and PE; 

without fuses 

-- -- 16 A CD-K-A3O-0 BVP:211196 10 units 0.100 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00206 

5-pole, L1 or L2, L3, N and PE; 

without fuses 

-- -- 16 A CD-K-A5O-0 BVP:211200 10 units 0.120 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00206 

3-pole, can be changed over to L1, L2 or L3, with N and PE; 

with holder for 1 cylindrical fuse 8.5 mm x 31.5 mm, 


-- -- 16 A CD-K-A3M-0 BVP:211197 10 units 0.155 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00206 

5-pole, L1, L2, L3, N and PE; 

with holder for 3 cylindrical fuses 8.5 mm x 31.5 mm, 


-- -- 16 A CD-K-A5M-0 BVP:211201 10 units 0.170 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

NSV0_00206 

3/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Accessories 


Version Rated current I e DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

A 

kg 

Fuses 

Cylindrical fuses 

2 A CD-ZS-2 BVP:044891 10 units 0.042 

for tap-off plugs CD-K-A.M-. 


8.5 mm × 31.5 mm, with spring indicator, 

type gG (IEC), gL (VDE), (quick) 



10 

NSV0_00207 

A CD-ZS-10 BVP:044895 10 units 0.043 



Coding 

Coding sets for tap-off points 

A CD-K1 BVP:211202 10 units 0.002 

A CD-K2 BVP:211203 10 units 0.002 

NSV0_00209 

A CD-K3 BVP:211204 10 units 0.002 

3 

Mounting parts 

End flanges A CD-EF BVP:052124 1 unit 0.100 

NSV0_00211 

NSV0_00210 

NSV0_00208 

Connection fixtures 

(1 set = 14 units) 

A CD-CAP BVP:611072 1 set 0.001 

NSV0_00995 

Accessories for degree of protection IP55 

Mounting sets IP55 for connection points 

(1 set = 4 units) 

A CD-FS BVP:611060 1 set 0.001 

NSV0_00992 

Mounting sets IP55 for tap-off points A CD-FAS BVP:610360 5 units 0.060 

NSV0_00993 

Mounting sets IP55 for tap-off plugs A CD-SAK BVP:610361 5 units 0.020 

NSV0_00994 



3/13



Accessories 

Version DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

kg 

Fixing 

Fixing brackets 

for mounting trunking units and luminaires, 

painted 

A CD-B BVP:052134 12 units 0.051 

NSV0_00212 

Threaded/centering plates 

12 mm x 31.5 mm, M6, 

for CD-B fixing brackets 

A CD-GP BVP:088779 50 units 0.010 

NSV0_00213 

Suspension hooks 

for suspension by cable or pendant or chain 

in conjunction with CD-B fixing bracket 

A CD-H BVP:086012 1 unit 0.030 

3 

Suspension brackets 

for suspension by cable or pendent or chain 

(also for increased mechanical rigidity at the connecting points) 

A CD-BA BVP:025377 1 unit 0.314 

Snap-on fixing brackets 

for mounting trunking units and luminaires (balanced load) 

A CD-BC BVP:203519 12 units 0.016 

Cable clips 

for securing cables alongside trunking units 

A CD-CL BVP:203520 10 units 0.003 

Fixing brackets for underfloor mounting A CD-BUF BVP:272546 12 units 0.037 

NSV0_00217 

NSV0_00232 

NSV0_00216 

NSV0_00214 

NSV0_00215 

3/14 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Engineering information 

■ Overview 

Specimen text for tenders 

Item Quantity Description Unit price Amount 

... m Busbar trunking system for small loads and 

lighting installations 

• As type-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly (TTA) 

according to IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2 

• Rated current, corresponds to thermal rated current 

at max. +40 °C and +35 °C on a 24 h average for indoor installation 

• Rated insulation voltage U i = 400 V AC, 400 V DC; 

overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 

• Operational voltage ... V, ... Hz 

• Rated peak withstand current of busbar trunking system, 

... kA tested to IEC/EN 60439-1 

• Degree of protection IP54, increase to IP55 with accessories 

• 3-, 4-, 5- , 1 × 5- + 1 × 3- or 2 5-conductor system 

• Copper conductor, insulated along its whole length 

• Trunking units, sheet steel-enclosed, with paint finish 

• Halogen-free 

• Tap-off points at 0.5 m and 1 m intervals per side 

• Supplied ready for connection with all assembly parts 

• Made by Siemens 

• Type CD-... 

Comprising: 

3 


3/15

f 




■ Design 

Determining the fixing intervals 

The closed section of the CD system has a high degree of 

mechanical strength. The load diagrams show the maximum 

permissible loading in relation to the fixing interval (distance 

between suspension points). 

Deflection f of the busbar trunking unit should not be greater 

than 1/300 of the distance (L) between supports. 

F = balanced load. 

Concentrated and balanced loads in relation to suspension point interval 

Concentrated load 

Balanced load 

F 

L 

Balanced load 

L 

NSV0_00018 

Concentrated load 

3 

Weight of fitted loads 

18 

(kg) 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

f/L = 1/300 

f/L = 1/500 

Weight of fitted loads 

18 

(kg) 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

f/L = 1/500 

f/L = 1/300 

6 

4 

2,00 2,50 (m) 3,00 

Fixing interval L 

NSV0_00019 

6 

4 

2,00 2,50 (m) 3,00 

Fixing interval L 

NSV0_00020 

3 m 

3 m 

NSV0_00021 

NSV0_00022 

Pendant fixing using CD-BA 

Underfloor mounting with CD-BUF 

NSV0_00023 

NSV0_00024 

3 m 

3 m 

3/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Arrangement of luminaires 

The numbers, e.g. $, indicate the corresponding position of the 

luminaires in the table below. 

Single lamp 

Three lamps 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

X 

X 

X X X 

NSV0_00025 

X 

X 

X 

X 

NSV0_00030 

$ = single lamp, non-compensated, p.f. = 0.5 

L1 

L3 

L2 

N 

* = three lamps, alternately series-compensated 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

X X X 

NSV0_00026 

X 

X 

X 

NSV0_00031 

3 

% = single lamp, parallel-compensated, p.f. = 0.9 

+ = three lamps, non-compensated 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

X X X 

X X X 

NSV0_00027 

& = single lamp, alternately series-compensated, p.f. = 0.1 

Two lamps 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

NSV0_00028 

( = two lamps, non-compensated 

L1 

L3 

L2 

N 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

NSV0_00029 

) = two lamps, Duo circuit, p.f. = 1 


3/17




Connectable luminaires without consideration of voltage drop 

Lamp voltage 

per luminaire 

(linear fluorescent 

lamp) 

Arrangement 

of luminaires 

Rated 

current 

with 

choke 

Length 

of light fixture 

Connectable luminaires with protection by miniature circuit-breaker 

at 16 A at 20 A at 25 A at 32 A 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 

for connection 

to 

3phases 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

A m,approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. 

1 36 W 

1 58 W 

Non-compensated, 

single-phase 

$ 

0.44 

0.70 

1.25 

1.55 

33 

20 

128 

96 

42 

25 

163 

120 

52 

32 

202 

153 

66 


248 

186 

1 36 W 

1 58 W 

Parallel-compensated, 

single-phase 

% 

0.25 

0.40 

1.25 

1.55 

30 

19 

117 

91 

37 

24 

144 

115 

47 

30 

183 

144 

59 

37 

222 

173 

3 

1 36 W 

1 58 W 

Alternately 

compensated, 

single-phase 

2 36 W 

2 58 W 


single-phase 

& 

( 

0.23 

0.35 

0.88 


1.25 

1.55 

1.25 

1.55 

48 

32 

16 

10 

187 

153 

62 

48 

60 


21 

12 

234 

192 

81 

57 

75 

50 

26 

16 

292 

240 

101 

76 

96 

64 

41 

20 

360 

298 

124 

93 

2 36 W 

2 58 W 

Duo circuit, 

single-phase 

) 

0.46 

0.71 

1.25 

1.55 

24 

16 

93 

76 

30 

20 

117 

96 

37 

25 

144 

120 

47 

32 

177 

149 

3 36 W 

3 58 W 

Alternately 

compensated, 

three-phase 

* 

0.23 

0.35 

1.25 

1.55 

48 

32 

62 

51 

60 


78 

64 

75 

50 

97 

80 

96 

64 

125 

103 

3 36 W 

3 58 W 


three-phase 

+ 

0.44 

0.70 

1.25 

1.55 

33 

20 

42 

32 

42 

25 

54 


52 

32 

67 

51 

66 


86 

64 

3/18 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Lamp voltage 

per luminaire 

(linear fluorescent 

lamp) 

Arrangement 

of 

luminaires 

Rated 

current 

with 

choke 

Length of 

light 

fixture 

Connectable luminaires with protection by gL fuses 

at 16 A at 20 A at 25 A at 35 A 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

Units/ 

phase 

Total length 


to 

3phases 

A m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. 

1 36 W 

1 58 W 


single-phase 

$ 

0.44 

0.70 

1.25 

1.55 

33 

20 

128 

96 

42 

25 

163 

120 

52 

32 

202 

153 

72 

44 

280 

211 

1 36 W 

1 58 W 

Parallel-compensated, 

single-phase 

% 

0.25 


1.25 

1.55 

36 

23 


110 

44 

28 

171 

134 

60 

38 

234 

182 

90 

56 

351 

268 

1 36 W 

1 58 W 

Alternately 

compensated, 

single-phase 

2 36 W 

2 58 W 


single-phase 

& 

( 

0.23 

0.35 

0.88 


1.25 

1.55 

1.25 

1.55 

48 

32 

16 

10 

187 

153 

62 

48 

60 


21 

12 

234 

192 

81 

57 

75 

50 

26 

16 

292 


101 

76 

105 

70 

36 

22 

409 

336 


105 

3 

2 36 W 

2 58 W 

Duo circuit, 

single-phase 

) 

0.46 

0.71 

1.25 

1.55 

24 

16 

93 

76 

30 

20 

117 

96 

37 

25 

144 

120 

51 

35 

198 

168 

3 36 W 

3 58 W 

Alternately 

compensated, 

three-phase 

* 

0.23 

0.35 

1.25 

1.55 

48 

32 

62 

51 

60 


78 

64 

75 

50 

97 

80 

105 

70 

136 

112 

3 36 W 

3 58 W 


three-phase 

+ 

0.44 

0.70 

1.25 

1.55 

33 

20 

42 

32 

42 

25 

54 


52 

32 

67 

51 

72 

44 

93 

64 


3/19




■ Function 

Short-circuit protection 

The lengths of the CD busbar runs given in the guide value 

tables on page 3/18 and 3/19 take into account only the rated 

current of the connectable luminaires. 

To determine the precise length of the busbar run, voltage drops 

and short-circuit protection must be taken into account. 

z 

inc. inc. CD CD 

z 

Protective device 

Incoming cable 

CD-System 

NSV0_00032 

Luminaire 

x 

Tap-off with cable 

1mm or 1,5mm 

2 2 

Voltage drop ∆U 

According to the technical literature, the voltage drop should lie 

between 3 % and 5 % when the load is evenly split in light 

networks. 

3 

∆U(%) = ∆U(V) 

U e (V) 

× 100 % 

with ∆U(V) according to page 3/21 

Fault protection according to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410 

Calculation of the current resulting in automatic interruption, 

taking into account the incoming supply cable and the outgoing 

circuit. 

I a = 

U o 

Z s 

= 

U o 

Z Source + Z Inc + Z CD + Z Out 

(A) 

= 

U o 

Z Source + Z Inc × l Inc + Z CD × l CD + Z Out × l Out 

(A) 

with 

I a = Current resulting in automatic interruption (A) 

U o = Voltages to earth (V) 

Z s = Fault loop impedance. Can be measured,calculated 

(Ω) 

or determined using the network model. 

Z Source = Source impedance (Ω) 

l Inc = Single length of incoming supply cable (m) 

with 

l CD = Single length of CD system (m) 

t = Admissible opening delay (s) 

l Out = Length of outgoing circuit (m) 

S = Smallest conductor cross-section to be protected 

(outgoing circuit) 1 mm 2 or 1.5 mm 2 (mm 2 ) 

Z Inc = Loop impedance of incoming supply cable (Ω/m) 

36 × 10 -3 Ω/m at 1.5 mm 2 

Z CD = Loop impedance of CD system (Ω/m) I a = Current according to above calculation (A) 

Z Out = Loop impedance of outgoing circuit (Ω/m) 

The total opening delay of the selected protective device must 

For example: 

not exceed the determined admissible opening delay and must 

Z Inc = 22 × 10 -3 Ω/m at 2.5 mm 2 

not be greater than 5 s. 

Z CD = 8.25 × 10 -3 Ω/m at CD 30 A 

5.67 × 10 -3 Ω/m at CD 40 A 

7.51 × 10 -3 Ω/m at CD 2 25 A 

Z Out = 54 × 10 -3 Ω/m at 1 mm 2 

Provided that the protective element is positioned immediately 

upstream of the CD system feeder unit, Z Inc can be ignored. 

The admissible opening delay is as specified in DIN VDE 0100 

Part 430: 

t = 

( 115 × ) 2 

S 

I a 

(s) 

3/20 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Short-circuit protection alone 

A system can be protected against short-circuit alone, by fitting 

low-voltage LV HRC fuse links (gL) into the incoming supply; the 

fuse size to be appropriate for the prospective short-circuit 

current at the point of installation. 

Voltage drop 

Voltage drop at rated current 

(Load distribution factor a = 0.5 for lighting systems) 

Three-phase current (3 ~), alternating current (~) 


CD-K-130. 

CD-K-140. (-240.) 

CD-K-225. 

Protective device per circuit 

I cf = 25 kA 1) 

NH00 32 gL 

NH00 40 gL 

NH00 25 gL 

1) I cf = Rated short-circuit current of the busbar trunking system and its outgoing 

circuits when protected by fuses 

Overcurrent protective devices for overload and short-circuit 

protection 

Due to their high response threshold (1.3 to 1.6 times rated 

current) and their long rupturing times at small overcurrents, 

fuses are not suitable for overload protection. 

For protecting the CD busbar trunking system and its outgoing 

circuits, we recommend miniature circuit-breakers and motorprotective 

circuit-breakers. 


Protective device per circuit 

I cc = 15 kA 1) I cc = 20 kA I cc = 25 kA 

CD-K-130. 3SY4 332-6 3SY8 332-7 PKZ 2/ZM-32-8 

CD-K-140. (-240.) 3SY4 340-6 3SY8 340-7 PKZ 2/ZM-40-8 

CD-K-225. 3SY4 325-6 3SY8 325-7 PKZ 2/ZM-25-8 


circuits when protected by circuit-breakers 

Temperature characteristic of CD systems 

U (V/100 m) 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

30 A (~) 

30 A (3~) 

40 A (~) 

40 A (3~) 

25 A (~) 

25 A (3~) 

0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 

cos 

NSV0_00033 

3 

Rated current (%) 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

-5 

+5 +15 +25 +35 +45 +55 +65 

Ambient temperature °C 

(average over 24 h) 

NSV0_00034 

Calculation of the voltage drop 

For long busbar runs, it may be necessary to calculate the 

voltage drop. 

Alternating current: 

∆U = a × I ×2l × (R × cos ϕ + X ×sinϕ) ×10 –3 

Three-phase current: 

∆U = a × !3 ×I × l ×(R × cos ϕ + X ×sinϕ) ×10 –3 

with 

∆U = Voltage drop (V) 

I = Load current (A) 

l = Length (m) 

a = Load distribution factor see Table 

R = Ohmic resistance R 20 (mΩ/m) 

X = Inductive resistance X 20 (mΩ/m) 

cos ϕ = Power factor 

Factor a used in the equation for calculating the voltage drop is 

dependent on the load distribution. 

(V) 

(V) 

Load distribution 

A 

B 

Factor a 

Supply at A, 

one tap-off at B 1 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

Supply at A, 

tap-offs at B, C, D, E 0.5 

A 

C 

D 

E 

F 

B 

Supply at A, B, 

tap-off at C, D, E, F 0.25 


3/21



Configuring aids 

■ Dimensional drawings 


CD-K-1302-3 

CD-K-1303-3 

CD-K-1304-2 

CD-K-1304-3 

CD-K-2254-2 

CD-K-2254-3 

CD-K-2254/2-2 

CD-K-2254/2-3 

CD-K-1402-3 






CD-K-2404/2-2 

CD-K-2404/2-3 

42 

30 2000/3000 

Length 

m 

Number of 

tap-off points 

2 2 or 3 

3 3, 5 or 10 

500 1000 

500 500 

NSV0_00218 

3 

Feeder units 

CD-K-1304-EE 

CD-K-1404-EE 

CD-K-2254-EE 

CD-K-2404-EE 

CD-K-1304-EA 

CD-K-1404-EA 

CD-K-2254-EA 

CD-K-2404-EA 

85 66 

99 130 

M25, M32 

NSV0_00219 

130 99 

66 

NSV0_00220 

M25, M32 

Tap-off plugs 

CD-K-A3O-0 

CD-K-A3M-0 

CD-K-A3M-1 

CD-K-A3M-3 

CD-K-A5O-0 

CD-K-A5M-0 

CD-K-A3SO-1 

CD-K-A3SO-3 

CD-K-A3SO-4 

CD-K-A3SO-5 

CD-K-A3SO-8 

CD-K-A5SO-1 

CD-K-A5SO-3 

CD-K-A5SO-5 

CD-K-A5SO-8 

59 

53 

72 

NSV0_00221 

L3 

L1 

L2 

N 

189 

48 

42 

59 

53 40 

NSV0_00234 

3/22 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Accessories 

End flange 

CD-EF 

Cable clip 

CD-CL 

58 37 

22 

30 

34 

42 

20 

NSV0_00228 

30 

10 

NSV0_00227 

36 

Coding set 

CD-K1 CD-K2 CD-K3 

NSV0_00229 

9,7 

NSV0_00230 

34 

8,5 

NSV0_00231 

26,7 

9,7 26,7 

36,4 

18,2 18,2 

3 

7,3 


CD-FAS 

43,5 

60 

10° 

NSV0_00233 

31,5 


3/23





CD-B 


CD-BA 

35 

10 92 

NSV0_00223 

20 

20 

42,3 

NSV0_00224 

32 200 

76 

Fixing bracket, snap-on 

CD-BC 

Fixing bracket for underfloor mounting 

CD-BUF 

13 

11 11,5 23 

R 5 

74 

5,3 

47 

3 

26 

25 

12 

20 

68 

17 

34 

7 x 9 

6,4 

44 

R 1,5 

1,5 

3 11 

14 

8,5 15,5 15,5 3,4 

48 

NSV0_00225 

15 

85 

NSV0_00226 

3/24 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


BD01 System – 40 ... 160 A 




4/11 Junction units 


4/12 Tap-off units for international use 

4/18 Ancillary equipment units for 

international use 

4/20 Tap-off units and ancillary equipment 

units for Belgium 

4/21 Tap-off units and ancillary equipment 

units for Denmark 

4/22 Tap-off units for France 

4/23 Tap-off units for Great Britain 

4/24 Tap-off units for Switzerland 





BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A 


Introduction 

■ Overview 

2 

1 

4 5 

3 

NSV0_00041 

4 

6 

4 

Version 


according to 

• IEC/EN 60439-1 

• IEC/EN 60439-2 


• High degree of protection IP54 with tap-off points at sides and 

bottom 

• Degree of protection IP50 with tap-off points at the top 

• Degree of protection increase to IP55 with accessories 

Components 


• 5-wire system 

• 2 or 3 outgoing feeders spaced 1 m apart 

• 4 or 6 outgoing feeders spaced 0.5 m apart 

• Lengths of 2 m and 3 m 

Junction units 

• Flexible change of direction 

4 


2 Junction unit 

3 Feeder unit 

4 Tap-off unit 

5 Ancillary equipment unit 

6 Optional equipment 

Feeder units 

• Universal infeed 

Tap-off units 

• Up to 63 A 

• With built-in parts or for customized unit mounting 

• For 3, 4 or 8 modular widths (MW) 

• Without or with mounting unit 

Ancillary equipment units 

• For 4 or 8 modular widths (MW) 

• Without or with mounting unit 

• Without or with socket assembly 

Accessories 

• Mounting sets for degree of protection IP55 

• Fixing and suspending 

• Coding set 

4/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

■ Benefits 

7 Flexible power supply 

7 Easy and quick planning 

7 Time-saving mounting 

7 Reliable mechanical and electrical connection 

7 High stability, low weight 

7 Few basic modules required 

7 Storage-friendly system 

7 Variable changes of direction 

7 Versatile tap-off units 

7 Positive opening and closing of tap-off points 



■ Design 


Connections 

NSV0_00045 

Assembly of the trunking units, also with end flanges and feeder 

units, is fast and inherently secure. The trunking unit or end 

flange is simply inserted in the lower housing of the clamp terminal. 

Once the upper part of the clamp terminal or feeder unit is 

fitted, a secure connection is established by tightening four 

screws. The PE path is established automatically when the 

enclosures are connected. 

An expansion compensation mechanism is built into the clamp 

terminal. 

End flanges 

NSV0_00042 

Trunking units are available in 2 m and 3 m lengths. They consist 

of a galvanized metal enclosure with a light gray (RAL 7035) aluminum 

painted finish. They are equipped with 4 busbars for L1, 

L2, L3 and N (aluminum conductors; copper for 160 A; silverplated 

copper pick-up and connection contacts). 

The enclosure of the trunking unit also serves as PE conductor. 

Five current ratings are available in only one frame size: 40 A, 

63 A, 100 A, 125 A and 160 A. 

The tap-off points are spaced at regular intervals of 0.5 m or 1 m 

on one side. The 2 m lengths have two or four tap-off points, the 

3 m lengths three or six. 

The end flanges provide protection against direct contact at the 

ends of the busbar run. They are suitable for use with all 

systems. Two end flanges are supplied as standard with each 

feeder unit. 


4 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

PE 

NSV0_00043 

The tap-off points are finger-safe. They are opened automatically 

by the tap-off units and close by themselves when the 

tap-off units are removed. 

The junction units, which consist of flexible conductors, are 

available in versions for 100 A and 160 A, each in 0.5 m and 1 m 

lengths. 

The flexible junction units enable the direction of the busbar run 

to be changed as required. The 0.5 m version is recommended 

for right angles, the 1 m version for fitting around obstacles or for 

adapting to variations in height. 

NSV0_00044 

NSV0_00047 

NSV0_00046 


4/3



Introduction 

Feeder units 

There is one version each for 100 A and 160 A. 

The feeder unit can be used as: 

• Entry feeder unit 

NSV0_00048 

NSV0_00049 

Molded plastic-enclosed tap-off units 

Common features 

• Molded-plastic enclosure 

• Partially transparent cover for protective elements 

• Power pick-up through silver-plated lyra-shaped contacts 

• Reliable prevention of incorrect mounting 

• Cable entry is from one side only (use plastic cable glands 

with strain relief, not included as standard). 

• The tap-off unit must first be removed from the trunking before 

it can be opened and the cable can be connected. 

• The connection cable should be supported separately if 

necessary. 

Tap-off units with components fitted 

• One size for 1 cylindrical fuse (10 × 38 mm), phase assignment 

L1, L2 or L3 freely selectable 

• One size for 3 cylindrical fuses (10 × 38 mm) 

• One size with 3 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular width) 

There are various versions with fuse bases, miniature circuitbreakers, 

Schuko and CEE socket outlets up to and including 

32 A. 

• End feeder unit 

NSV0_00052 

NSV0_00050 

BD01-AK01X/ZS 

4 

• Center feeder unit 

NSV0_00051 

NSV0_00053 

BD01-AK02X/ZS3 

Two end flanges are included as standard with each unit. 

M32, M40 and M50 cable entries are possible from four sides. 

For 160 A, an M63 cable gland can be fitted in a side. Plastic 

cable glands with strain relief must be used (not included as 

standard). 

NSV0_00054 

BD01-AK02M0/CEE165A163 

4/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

Tap-off units for free assignment 

• One size with 3 MW; can be operated from outside through 

flap incorporated in cover (1 MW = 18 mm; 

MW = modular width). 

• Installation of devices (e.g. miniature circuit-breakers) 

according to DIN 43871 possible up to and including 32 A. 

Tap-off units for free assignment 

• Two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; 

MW = modular width) 

• With or without mounting unit for external operation (two sizes 

with 4 MW and 8 MW respectively) 

• Installation of devices (e.g. miniature circuit-breakers) 

according to DIN 43871 possible up to and including 63 A. 

BD01-AK02M0/F 

Aluminum tap-off units 

Common features 

Common features: 

• The enclosure is made from anodized aluminum and molded 

plastic at both ends. 

• A standard mounting rail is built in for unit mounting. 


• The isolator built into the tap-off unit ensures that the tap-off 

unit is voltage-free when the cover is open. 

• The tap-off unit can only be fitted to or removed from the 

tap-off point with its cover open (contacts retracted). 

• Reliable prevention of incorrect mounting 

• Cable entry is possible from three directions (use plastic cable 

glands with strain relief; not included as standard). 

• Can be combined with ancillary equipment units for additional 

functions. 

• The connection cables should be supported separately if 

necessary. 

Tap-off units with components fitted 

• Two sizes with 4 MW or 8 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; 


• Various versions with fuse bases, miniature circuit-breakers 

up to and including 63 A, with Schuko and CEE socket outlets 

up to and including 32 A. 

• Versions with fitted miniature circuit-breaker have a 

mounting unit. 

BD01-AK1M1/A161 


Common features: 

• The enclosure is made from anodized aluminum and molded 

plastic at both ends. 

• Cable entry is possible from four directions (use plastic cable 

glands with strain relief; not included as standard). 


necessary. 

• Can be combined with tap-off or feeder units 

• A standard mounting rail is built in for unit mounting. 

• Two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; 


• Without or with Schuko or CEE socket outlets 

• With or without mounting unit for external 

operation (two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW respectively) 

• Installation of devices (e.g. fuse bases) according to 

DIN 43871 possible up to and including 35 A. 

NSV0_00058 

4 

BD01-GK2X/F 

NSV0_00056 

NSV0_00055 

NSV0_00057 


NSV0_00059 

BD01-GK2X/2SD163CEE165 


4/5



Introduction 




The higher degree of protection is achieved by means of additional 

seals and a flange at the tap-off point or connection point. 

With mounting position at the side, the higher degree of protection 

is achieved by means of additional seals and an edge 

protector at the sides of the feeder unit. When the feeder unit is 

installed at the end of a busbar run, just one seal and one edge 

protector are needed. 

NSV0_00974 

NSV0_00971 

Mounting position at the side: 2 × BD01-KS 

Tap-off point: BD01-FAS 

NSV0_00975 

4 

Connection point: BD01-FS 

Feeder units 

NSV0_00972 

With mounting position at the bottom, the higher degree of 

protection is achieved by means of additional seals and a flange 

at the connection point. 

Mounting position at the side and end of a busbar run: BD01-KS 

Tap-off units 

The higher degree of protection is achieved by means of additional 

seals and an edge protector at the sides of the tap-off unit. 

NSV0_00976 

BD01-AK01X-IP55, BD01-AK02X-IP55 

NSV0_00977 

NSV0_00973 

BD01-AK1X-IP55, BD01-AK2X-IP55 

Mounting position at the bottom: BD01-FES 

4/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

Universal fixing bracket 

The universal fixing brackets can be used for wall and ceiling 

mounting. The maximum fixing interval at normal mechanical 

loads is 3 m for edgewise and 1.5 m for flat mounting. 

At higher mechanical loads (e.g. pulling of plugs), an intermediate 

support with an additional fixing bracket at the trunking unit 

is recommended. 

Once the fixing point is decided, the tabs on the fixing bracket 

are pushed in to fix the trunking run. 

Coding 

The systems can be coded for different frequencies or voltages. 

For this purpose, the BD01-K coding set can be fitted by the user 

to the installed system at each tap-off point. Four coding positions 

are possible. 

NSV0_00063 

NSV0_00060 

Tap-off units can be coded on site by adapting the front. 

BD01-B 


These fixing brackets can be used for suspension of 

flat-mounted trunking units. Also they can be fastened at the 

connection points in order to increase the mechanical rigidity of 

the trunking units. 

NSV0_00064 

BD01-BAP 


The suspension brackets can be used for wall, ceiling and suspension 

mounting of the system. They can be fitted at any point 

of the trunking unit. The maximum fixing interval at normal mechanical 

loads is 3 m for edgewise and 1.5 m for flat mounting. 

At higher mechanical loads (e.g.pulling of plugs), an intermediate 

support with an additional fixing bracket at the trunking unit 

is recommended. 

NSV0_00061 

Sealing 

Every tap-off point on the trunking unit can be sealed. 

Feeder, junction, tap-off and ancillary equipment units can be 

made sealable with additional components (please enquire). 

Cable glands 

For the feeder, tap-off and ancillary equipment units, use plastic 

cable glands with strain relief (not included as standard). 

Terminals 

We recommend the use of Weidmüller or Phoenix screw terminals 

for the N and PE conductor connections in tap-off and 

ancillary equipment units. 

4 

NSV0_00062 

BD01-BA 


4/7



General data 


General technical specifications 

Type 

Tap-off units 

Feeder and tap-off units, conductor cross-section 

BD01-... 




Ambient temperature, min./max. °C -5/+40 


• Edgewise; tap-off points at the side 


• Flat; tap-off points at the bottom 


• Flat; tap-off points at the top 


Material 


Galvanized, painted sheet steel 

•Busbars 

Al or Cu 

• Pick-up and connection contacts 

Cu, silver-plated 


Edgewise or flat 

Weights 


Type 

BD01-AK... 

Version 

3- or 5-pole 

Rated current I e A 63 

Switching capacity of the built-in switch-disconnector 

according to IEC/EN 60947-3 at 400 V 

• Utilization category 

AC-20B 

Overload and short-circuit protection 

Busbar trunking systems must be protected against overload 

and short circuits. Fuses and miniature circuit-breakers must be 

selected so that the admissible current carrying capacity corresponding 

with the ambient conditions is not exceeded. For 

overload and short-circuit protection, we recommend the use of 

motor-protective or standard circuit-breakers. 

4 

Version Type L1, L2, L3 N PE 

min. 

mm 2 max. 

mm 2 min. 

mm 2 max. 

mm 2 min. 

mm 2 max. 

mm 2 

Feeder units BD01-E 6 (so, st) 50 (st) 6 (so, st) 50 (st) 6 (so, st) 50 (st) 

BD01-160-E 25 (st) 95 (st) 25 (st) 95 (st) 16 (st) 50 (st) 

Tap-off units BD01-AK01X/ZS 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 

BD01-AK02X/ZS3 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 

BD01-AK02M0/A163 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 

BD01-AK02M0/A323 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 

BD01-AK1M1/A101 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, f) 2.5 (so, f) 0.75 (so, f) 2.5 (so, f) 



BD01-AK1M1/A... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK1M1/A...N 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK1X/S14 0.5 (f, st) 4 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK1X/S18 0.5 (f, st) 16 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK1X/GB... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK2X/F1451 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK2X/S27 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 

BD01-AK2HX/S33 1.5 (f, st) 25 (f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so, st) 

f = flexible with end sleeve, so = solid, st = stranded 

4/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



General data 


Type BD01-40 BD01-63 BD01-100 BD01-125 BD01-160 

Conductors 

Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400 

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 

Rated operational voltage U e V AC 400 400 400 400 400 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 



A 40 63 100 125 160 


and 20 °C 

•Resistance R 20 mΩ/m 3.960 1.936 0.938 0.910 0.578 

• Reactance X 20 mΩ/m 0.280 0.324 0.286 0.300 0.273 

• Impedance Z 20 mΩ/m 3.970 1.968 0.994 1.000 0.642 



• AC resistance R F mΩ/m 5.991 4.128 2.841 2.420 2.189 

• Reactance X F mΩ/m 1.396 1.248 1.186 0.940 0.973 

• Impedance Z F mΩ/m 6.151 4.312 3.078 2.600 2.395 


•Resistance R 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 15.904 7.911 4.115 3.810 3.167 

• Reactance X 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 2.128 2.058 1.797 1.630 1.656 

• Impedance Z 0 Phase to N mΩ/m 16.045 8.175 4.490 4.140 3.574 

•Resistance R 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 10.086 8.565 6.648 5.430 5.343 

• Reactance X 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 2.909 3.338 3.067 2.320 2.355 

• Impedance Z 0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 10.498 9.183 7.322 5.910 5.839 


Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 2.55 6.30 15.30 15.30 15.30 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw (t = 1 s) kA 0.58 1.15 2.50 2.50 2.50 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw (t = 0.1 s) kA 1.70 4.20 9.00 9.00 9.00 

Conductors 

Number of active conductors 4 4 4 4 4 


• L1, L2, L3 mm 2 7.9 15.7 34.1 34.1 34.1 

•N mm 2 7.9 15.7 34.1 34.1 34.1 

• PE (enclosure) = Cu mm 2 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 

Conductor material Al Al Al Al Cu 

Fire load kWh/m 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 

Max. thermal load , I 2 t value A 2 s × 10 6 0.29 1.76 8.10 8.10 8.10 

Max. fixing intervals 

m 


•Edgewise m 3 3 3 3 3 

•Flat m 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 

• Flat with BD01-BAP m 3 3 3 3 3 

4 


4/9





Version 



color similar to RAL 7035 (light gray), 


NSV0_00241 

Rated 

current 

Length Tap-off points DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 


approx. 

A m m kg 

40 3 6 0.5 A BD01-40-3-0.5 BVP:034253 1 unit 4.350 

3 1 A BD01-40-3-1 BVP:233551 1 unit 4.350 

2 4 0.5 A BD01-40-2-0.5 BVP:034254 1 unit 3.000 


63 3 6 0.5 A BD01-63-3-0.5 BVP:034255 1 unit 4.600 

3 1 A BD01-63-3-1 BVP:233553 1 unit 4.600 

2 4 0.5 A BD01-63-2-0.5 BVP:034256 1 unit 3.200 










160 3 6 0.5 A BD01-160-3-0.5 BVP:090164 1 unit 8.000 


2 4 0.5 A BD01-160-2-0.5 BVP:090162 1 unit 5.400 

2 1 A BD01-160-2-1 BVP:233567 1 unit 5.400 

4 

4/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 





Feeder units 


Version Rated current Length DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

A m kg 


Flexible junction units 100 0.5 A BD01-R1 BVP:034260 1 unit 1.200 

1 A BD01-R2 BVP:034261 1 unit 2.050 

160 0.5 A BD01-160-R1 BVP:090166 1 unit 1.750 

1 A BD01-160-R2 BVP:090167 1 unit 3.050 

NSV0_00274 

Version Rated current Conductor 

cross-section 


per unit 

approx. 

A mm 2 kg 

Feeder units 

Molded-plastic enclosure, with 2 end flanges 

Can be fitted at all connection terminals and the busbar run ends, 

can be combined with BD01-GK... ancillary equipment units 

• 6 cable entries from 4 sides 100 50 1) A BD01-E BVP:034259 1 unit 1.000 

• Cable entry from 2 sides 160 95 2) A BD01-160-E BVP:090165 1 unit 1.400 

NSV0_00243 

NSV0_00242 

Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included as 

standard) 

1) Use M32, M40 or M50 cable glands. 

2) Use M63 cable glands. 

4 



4/11



Tap-off units for international use 


Version Rated current Rated operational 

voltage 

Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 01 

With fuse base 

for 1 cylindrical fuse 10 mm × 38 mm 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 

16 400 A BD01-AK01X/ZS BVP:087483 1 unit 0.300 

Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02 


for 3 cylindrical fuses 10 mm × 38 mm 

32 400 A BD01-AK02X/ZS3 BVP:085090 1 unit 0.400 

Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02, with mounting unit 

With 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, characteristic B 

• Without socket outlet 16 400 A BD01-AK02M0/A163 BVP:085089 1 unit 0.800 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 16 400 A BD01-AK02M0/ 

CEE165A163 

BVP:085092 1 unit 0.980 

NSV0_00247 

NSV0_00246 

NSV0_00245 

NSV0_00244 

With 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker 32 A, characteristic C 32 400 A BD01-AK02M0/A323 BVP:085094 1 unit 0.800 

4 

NSV0_00246 

Fuse links are not included as standard. 


standard) 

4/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 

Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02, with mounting unit 


• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ 

2SD163A161 

BVP:085096 1 unit 0.700 

NSV0_00248 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ 

CEE163A161 

BVP:090170 1 unit 0.700 

• With 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA 

and with 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 

16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ 

2SD163FIA161 

BVP:090168 1 unit 0.950 

With 1-pole fuse base D01 

• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ 

2SD163S14 

NSV0_00248 

BVP:085095 1 unit 0.800 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ 

CEE163S14 

BVP:090169 1 unit 0.800 

Freely assignable (P v max. 13 W), 3 MW 

(MW = modular width), 

with integrated standard mounting rail 

32 400 A BD01-AK02M0/F BVP:085093 1 unit 0.500 

4 

NSV0_00246 

NSV0_00247 

NSV0_00248 

NSV0_00247 

Gauge ring/gauge screw, fuse links and screw cap are not included 

as standard. 


standard) 



4/13





voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 

Tap-off units, aluminum, size 1 

With 1-pole fuse base D01 

• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ 

2SD163S14 

BVP:034268 1 unit 1.400 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ 

CEE163S14 

BVP:034270 1 unit 1.380 

With 3-pole fuse base 3 × D01 16 400 A BD01-AK1X/S14 BVP:034264 1 unit 1.400 

With 3-pole fuse base 3 × D02 35 400 A BD01-AK1X/S18 BVP:034265 1 unit 1.400 


• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ 

2SD163A161 

BVP:034269 1 unit 1.470 

4 

NSV0_00250 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ 

CEE163A161 

BVP:034271 1 unit 1.435 




35 400 A BD01-AK1X/F BVP:034272 1 unit 1.000 

NSV0_00249 

NSV0_00251 

NSV0_00249 

NSV0_00249 

NSV0_00251 

NSV0_00250 


as standard. 


standard) 

4/14 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 

Tap-off units, aluminum, size 1, with mounting unit 

With 3 ×1-pole miniature circuit-breaker 10 A, 

characteristic B 

10 400 A BD01-AK1M1/A101 BVP:203098 1 unit 1.600 

With 3 ×1-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, 


16 400 A BD01-AK1M1/A161 BVP:034266 1 unit 1.600 

With 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker 32 A, characteristic C 32 400 A BD01-AK1M1/A323 BVP:034267 1 unit 1.600 




35 400 A BD01-AK1M1/F BVP:034273 1 unit 1.000 

NSV0_00253 

NSV0_00252 

NSV0_00252 

NSV0_00252 


standard) 

4 



4/15





voltage 


With 3-pole fuse base S27/S33 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 

• With 3-pole fuse base S27 25 400 A BD01-AK2X/S27 BVP:034274 1 unit 1.700 

• With 3-pole fuse base S33 63 400 A BD01-AK2HX/S33 BVP:233568 1 unit 1.700 

• With 3-pole fuse base S27, gauge screw system 25 400 A BD01-AK2X/S27/ BVP:034275 1 unit 1.700 

FORMP 

• With 3-pole fuse base S33, gauge screw system 63 400 A BD01-AK2HX/S33/ BVP:233569 1 unit 1.700 

FORMP 

With 2 × 1-pole fuse base D01 


16 230 A BD01-AK2X/ 

4SD163S14 

BVP:034277 1 unit 2.000 


and with 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 

16 400 A BD01-AK2X/ 

CEE165S14 

BVP:034279 1 unit 1.850 



32 400 A BD01-AK2X/ 

CEE325S18 

BVP:034281 1 unit 2.000 

4 

NSV0_00256 

With 2 × 1-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, 

characteristic B, 


16 230 A BD01-AK2X/ 

4SD163A161 

BVP:034278 1 unit 2.100 

Freely assignable, 8 MW (MW = modular width), 


NSV0_00254 

NSV0_00255 

NSV0_00256 

NSV0_00255 

NSV0_00254 

• Freely assignable (P v max. 16 W) 35 400 A BD01-AK2X/F BVP:034283 1 unit 1.300 

• Freely assignable (P v max. 22.5 W) 63 400 A BD01-AK2HX/F BVP:233570 1 unit 1.300 


as standard. 


standard) 

4/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 


With 1-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, characteristic B, 

with 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA 


16 230 A BD01-AK2M1/ 

2SD163FIA161 

BVP:034276 1 unit 2.000 

With 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, characteristic C, 


16 400 A BD01-AK2M1/ 

CEE165A163 

BVP:034280 1 unit 2.000 



32 400 A BD01-AK2M1/ 

CEE325A323 

BVP:034282 1 unit 2.100 

Freely assignable, 8 MW (MW = modular width), 


NSV0_00259 

NSV0_00258 

NSV0_00258 

NSV0_00257 

• Freely assignable (P v max. 16 W) 35 400 A BD01-AK2M2/F BVP:034284 1 unit 1.360 

• Freely assignable (P v max. 22.5 W) 63 400 A BD01-AK2HM2/F BVP:233571 1 unit 1.360 


standard) 

4 



4/17



Ancillary equipment units for international use 


Version 

Ancillary equipment units, aluminum, size 1 




Can be used for 

• Overvoltage protection 

• Remote control/remote switching 

• Intelligence 

• Electronic control equipment 

Rated operational 

voltage 

V 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 

400 A BD01-GK1X/F BVP:034285 1 unit 0.800 

With 4 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 400 A BD01-GK1X/4SD163 BVP:034287 1 unit 1.200 

NSV0_00261 

NSV0_00260 

Ancillary equipment units, size 1, with mounting unit 








• Mounting unit for mounting components, 

e.g. miniature circuit-breakers 

400 A BD01-GK1M1/F BVP:034286 1 unit 0.800 

4 

NSV0_00262 

M50 cable grommets and screws for connecting the enclosure 

are included as standard with ancillary equipment units. 


standard) 

4/18 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 





Version 











voltage 

V 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 

400 A BD01-GK2X/F BVP:034288 1 unit 1.100 

With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A and 

1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 

400 A BD01-GK2X/ 

2SD163CEE165 

BVP:034291 1 unit 1.600 

With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole, and 

1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 

400 A BD01-GK2X/ 

CEE163CEE165 

BVP:034290 1 unit 1.500 

Ancillary equipment units, size 2, with mounting unit 








• Mounting unit for mounting components, 

e.g. miniature circuit-breakers 

400 A BD01-GK2M2/F BVP:034289 1 unit 1.100 

4 

NSV0_00266 

NSV0_00265 

NSV0_00264 

NSV0_00263 




standard) 



4/19



Tap-off units and ancillary equipment units for 

Belgium 



voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 


With 2-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, characteristic C 

• With 2 socket outlets 16 A 16 230 X BD01-AK1X/ 

2PC163A162 

BVP:203115 1 unit 1.620 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 X BD01-AK1X/ 

CEE163A162 

BVP:203114 1 unit 1.620 


4 

With 1-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, 

characteristic C 





With 3-pole and N-pole miniature circuit-breaker 16 A, 








With 3-pole and N-pole miniature circuit-breaker 20 A, 




characteristic C, 

with 4 socket outlets 16 A 

16 230 X BD01-AK1M1/A161/1 BVP:203106 1 unit 1.600 

16 230 X BD01-AK1M1/A162 BVP:203110 1 unit 1.720 

16 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A163 BVP:203107 1 unit 1.850 

16 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A163N BVP:203111 1 unit 1.970 




20 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A203N BVP:203113 1 unit 1.970 

16 230 X BD01-AK2X/ 

4PC163A162 

BVP:203116 1 unit 2.320 


P v max. 13 W, 


– 400 X BD01-GK1X/4PC163 BVP:203117 1 unit 1.200 

NSV0_00261 

NSV0_00255 

NSV0_00252 

NSV0_00251 

NSV0_00250 




standard) 

4/20 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Tap-off units and ancillary equipment units 

for Denmark 



voltage 


With 1-pole fuse base D01 and 



per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 


2DKS103S14 



characteristic C, and with 2 socket outlets 10 A 


2DKS103A131 

BVP:203100 1 unit 1.500 


With 2 × 1-pole fuse base D01, 



4DKS103S14 

BVP:203102 1 unit 2.000 


characteristic C, and with 4 socket outlets 10 A 


4DKS103A131 

BVP:203103 1 unit 2.200 



with 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA and 


13 230 X BD01-AK2M1/ 

2DKS103FIA131 

BVP:203101 1 unit 2.000 

4 




– 400 X BD01-GK1X/4DKS103 BVP:203104 1 unit 1.200 



with 2 socket outlets 10 A and 1 CEE socket outlet, 16 A, 

5-pole 

– 400 X BD01-GK2X/ 

2DKS103CEE165 

BVP:203105 1 unit 1.600 

NSV0_00264 

NSV0_00261 

NSV0_00257 

NSV0_00255 

NSV0_00255 

NSV0_00250 

NSV0_00250 

Gauge ring/gauge screw, fuse links and screw cap not 

included as standard with tap-off units. 




standard) 



4/21



Tap-off units for France 



voltage 


With 3-pole fuse base SP51, 

for 3 cylindrical fuses 14 mm × 51 mm 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 

32 400 X BD01-AK2X/F1451 BVP:203126 1 unit 1.700 



with 2-pole RCCB 40 A/30 mA and 



2PCUTE16AFI40 

BVP:214821 1 unit 2.000 

NSV0_00257 

NSV0_00254 



standard) 

4 

4/22 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Tap-off units for Great Britain 



voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 


With 1-pole fuse base NNS-32 

• Without socket outlet 32 230 X BD01-AK1X/GB321 BVP:203119 1 unit 1.100 

• With 2 socket outlets BS1363 13 A 13 230 X BD01-AK1X/ 

2BS133GB131 

BVP:203121 1 unit 1.900 

With 3-pole fuse base 3 × NNS-32 32 400 X BD01-AK1X/GB323 BVP:203120 1 unit 1.300 


characteristic B, and 

with 2 socket outlets BS1363, 13 A 


2BS133A131 

BVP:203122 1 unit 1.720 





NSV0_00252 

4 


With 3 × 1-pole fuse base NNS-32 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 16 400 X BD01-AK2X/ 

CEE165GB163 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet 32 A, 5-pole 32 400 X BD01-AK2X/ 

CEE325GB323 



with 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA and 

with 1 socket outlet BS1363, 13 A 


BS133FIA131 

BVP:203124 1 unit 2.000 

BVP:203125 1 unit 2.100 

BVP:203123 1 unit 2.500 

NSV0_00268 

NSV0_00256 

NSV0_00267 

NSV0_00249 

NSV0_00267 

NSV0_00249 



standard) 



4/23



Tap-off units for Switzerland 



voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 


With miniature circuit-breaker, characteristic C 

• 3-pole, 13 A 13 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A133 BVP:611317 1 unit 1.600 





• 3-pole, 40 A 40 400 X BD01-AK2HM2/A403 BVP:611320 1 unit 2.000 

• 3-pole, 63 A 63 400 X BD01-AK2HM2/A633 BVP:611321 1 unit 2.000 


and 2 socket outlets type 23, 16 A, 3-pole 

4 

•2 × 1-pole, 16A 16 230 X BD01-AK2M1/ 

2T23-2A161 

•2 × 1-pole, 16A, 

and 2-pole RCCB, 25 A/30 mA 

With 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker, 16 A, characteristic C 

and 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A, 5-pole 

BVP:611310 1 unit 1.900 


BVP:611311 1 unit 2.100 

2T23-FI252-2A161 

16 400 X BD01-AK2M1/T25-A163 BVP:611314 1 unit 2.000 

NSV0_00316 

NSV0_00272 

NSV0_00315 

NSV0_00252 


standard) 

4/24 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






voltage 


per unit 

approx. 

A V kg 


with ancillary equipment unit, aluminum, size 1 


characteristic C, and 3 socket outlets type 23, 16 A, 3-pole 

16 230 X BD01-AK1M1/GK1X/ 

3T23-3A161 

BVP:611312 1 unit 2.700 


with ancillary equipment unit, aluminum, size 1 


characteristic C, and 4-pole RCCB 25 A/30 mA 

with 3 socket outlets type 23, 16 A, 3-pole 

16 230 X BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/ 

3T23-FI254-3A161 

BVP:611313 1 unit 3.500 


and 4-pole RCCB 25 A/30 mA 

with 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A, 5-pole 

16 400 X BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/ 

T25-FI254-A163 

BVP:611315 1 unit 3.500 

NSV0_00319 

NSV0_00318 

NSV0_00317 


and 1 CEE socket outlet 63 A, 5-pole 

NSV0_00320 

63 400 X BD01-AK2HM2/GK1X/ 

CEE635-A633 

BVP:611316 1 unit 2.500 

4 


standard) 



4/25



Accessories 


Version DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

kg 


For tap-off points A BD01-FAS BVP:610363 5 units 0.100 

NSV0_00978 

For connection points A BD01-FS BVP:610362 5 units 0.150 

NSV0_00979 

For feeder units 

• Mounting position at the bottom A BD01-FES BVP:610364 1 unit 0.150 

NSV0_00980 

• Mounting position at the side or top A BD01-KS BVP:611057 1 unit 0.030 

NSV0_00981 

For tap-off units 

• Size 01, 02 Size 01 A BD01-AK01X-IP55 BVP:610365 1 unit 0.050 

Size 02 A BD01-AK02X-IP55 BVP:610366 1 unit 0.050 

4 

NSV0_00982 

• Size 1, 2 Size 1 A BD01-AK1X-IP55 BVP:610367 1 unit 0.050 

Size 2 A BD01-AK2X-IP55 BVP:610368 1 unit 0.050 

NSV0_00983 

4/26 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00984 

NSV0_00985 



Accessories 

Version Rated current I e DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

A 

kg 

Fixing 

Universal fixing brackets -- A BD01-B BVP:034262 1 unit 0.167 

Fixing brackets -- A BD01-BA BVP:081945 1 unit 0.167 

Suspension brackets 

• for suspension by cable or pendant chain 

• at the connection point 

-- A BD01-BAP BVP:203522 1 unit 0.576 

NSV0_00277 

NSV0_00276 

NSV0_00275 

Mounting parts 

End flanges -- A BD01-EF BVP:611071 1 unit 0.300 

Clamp terminals 100 A BD01-100-KB BVP:201966 1 unit 0.350 

160 A BD01-160-KB BVP:201967 1 unit 0.350 

4 

Coding 

Coding sets 

• 4 coding positions 

-- A BD01-K BVP:034263 10 units 0.010 

NSV0_00278 



4/27




■ Overview 



... m Busbar trunking system (see Appendix for diagram) 





• Rated insulation voltage U i = 400 V AC, 400 V DC; 





• Degree of protection IP54 with tap-off points at sides and bottom, 

otherwise IP50; 

increase to IP55 with accessories 

• 5-conductor system: L1, L2, L3, N, PE 

• Busbars: silver-plated Cu connection and pick-up contacts; 

Al or Cu conductors; supported by molded-plastic busbar supports 

• Trunking units steel enclosed, galvanized and with paint finish; 

color: light gray, RAL 7035 

• Halogen-free 

• Busbar connection via clamp terminal with built-in expansion 

compensation 

• Tap-off points on one side, every 0.5 m or 1 m 



• Type BD01-... 

Comprising: 

4 

4/28 Siemens LV 70 · 2006

0,10 m 




■ Design 

Fixing 

Wall or ceiling mounting with BD01-B 

0,15 m 

3 m 

NSV0_00065 

0,15 m 

4 

NSV0_00066 


4/29




Pendent suspension using BD01-BAP (at connection point) 

< 

= 

3 m 

NSV0_00067 

Mounting examples with BD01-B and BD01-BA 

4 

NSV0_00068 

1,5 m 

3 m 

NSV0_00069 

4/30 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




■ Function 

Required details 

The following data must be considered when configuring the 

busbar runs: 

• Installation flat or edgewise, horizontal or vertical, quantity, 

type and approximate ratings of prospective loads, p.f. 

• Utilization and rated diversity factor = derating factor α. 

• If data are not available, use only the rated diversity factor 

• Feeding transformers (short-circuit current) 

• Nature of the installation site (dimensions, construction of the 

building, transport paths, cellar) 

• Routing of supply lines from other power sources 

• Crane operation 

• Special requirements 

Operational current 

The operational current is calculated using the following formula: 

I B = 

P inst × α × b 

!3 ×U ×cosϕ 

with: 

I B = Operational current (A) 

P inst = Installed power (kW) 

α = Derating factor 

b = Supply factor 

b = 1 = Single end feed 

b = ½ = Double end feed 

U e = Rated operational voltage (V) 


Short-circuit protection 

A system can be protected against short circuit alone, by fitting 

low-voltage LV HRC fuse links (gL) into the incoming supply; the 

fuse size to be appropriate for the prospective short-circuit 

current at the point of installation. 

Overcurrent protection equipment for overload and 

short-circuit protection 

Busbar trunking systems must be protected against overload 

and short circuits. Fuses and miniature circuit-breakers must be 

selected so that the admissible current carrying capacity corresponding 

with the ambient conditions is not exceeded. 

Due to their high response threshold (1.3 to 1.6 times rated current) 

and their long rupturing times at small overcurrents, fuses 

are not suitable for overload protection. Therefore we recommend 

the use of motor-protective or standard circuit-breakers. 

The following can be used: 

System Overcurrent protective devices 

× 10 3 I cc = 15 kA 1) 

I cc = 25 kA 

BD01-40 5SY4 340-6 3VL27 05 

BD01-63 5SY4 363-6 3VL27 06 

BD01-100 – 3VL27 10 

BD01-125 – 3VL27 12 

BD01-160 – 3VL27 16 


circuits when protected by circuit-breakers 

The prospective network short-circuit current and the let-through 

characteristic of the switches must be taken into account in each 

case. 

Temperature characteristic of BD01 systems 

If no data are available about the actual currents occurring simultaneously, 

the following values according to IEC/EN 60439-1 

apply: 

Number of main circuits 

2 and 3 

4 and 5 

6 to 9 inclusive 

10 or more 

Rated diversity factor α 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 


130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

NSV0_00071 

4 

70 

-5 

+5 +15 +25 +35 +45 +55 +65 


(average over 24 hours) 


4/31




Voltage drop 


(Load distribution factor a = 1) 

30 


For long busbar runs, it may be necessary to calculate the 

voltage drop. 

∆U = a × !3 ×I B × l ×(R × cos ϕ + X ×sinϕ) ×10 –3 

(V) 

U (V/100 m) 

28 

26 

40 A 

24 

22 

63 A 

20 

125 A 

160 A 

18 

100 A 

16 

14 

12 

10 

0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 

cos 

NSV0_00070 

with 




a = Load distribution factor see Table 


X = Inductive resistance X 20 (mΩ/m) 


Factor a used in the equation for calculating the voltage drop is 



A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

D 

C 

C 

A 

A 

D 

D 

E 

E 

B 

E 

C 

C 

F 

B 

Factor a 

Supply at A, 


Supply at A, 


Supply at A, 

tap-offs at B, C 0.25 

Supply at A, 


Supply at A, B, 


4 

4/32 Siemens LV 70 · 2006






BD01-... 

50 

5,5 

L 

5,5 

57,5 

NSV0_00279 

25 

57 

125 

4,5 

n × 125 

90 

77 

L a Number of tap-off points 

2000 500 4 

1000 2 

3000 500 6 

1000 3 

250 a 

n × a 


BD01(-160)-R1, BD01(-160)-R2 

92 

L1 

57,5 L 

NSV0_00280 

50 

4 

L2 

316 

NSV0_00281 

R 100 

Type 

BD01-...-R1 

BD01-...-R2 

L 

500 

1000 

L1 

165 

665 

L2 

316 

– 


4/33




Feeder units 

BD01-E 

170 

M32, M40, M50 

132 

104 

90 

Ø5,3 

34,5 

11 

53 

9 

150 

27 

45 

158 

260 

NSV0_00282 

BD01-160-E 

260 

20 

1 

4 

M63 

1 

2 

130 

150 

NSV0_00283 

104 

1 BD01-EF end flange 

2 BD01-...-KB clamp terminal 

4/34 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Tap-off units 

Tap-off unit size 01 Tap-off unit size 02 

BD01-AK01X/ZS 

BD01-AK02X/ZS3 


M25 

M25 

77,5 

100 

100 

116 

NSV0_00284 

66 

77.5 77,5 

200 

NSV0_00285 

66 

100 

116 

Tap-off units size 02, with mounting unit 




BD01-AK02M0/2SD163S14 

BD01-AK02M0/2SD163A161 

BD01-AK02M0/2SD163FIA161 

70 

70 

105 

76 

94 

14,5 

M25 

118,2 

94 76 

14,5 

M25 

200 

100 

116 

200 

100 

116 

NSV0_00286 

NSV0_00287 

4 

26,7 26,5 


BD01-AK02M0/CEE163S14 



70 

76 

90 

52 

70 

105 

94 

105 

76 

94 

52 

102 

200 

100 

116 

200 

100 

116 

38,5 

NSV0_00288 

38,5 

NSV0_00289 

Dashed lines: free space for opening the flap 


4/35




Tap-off units size 1 

BD01-AK1X/S... 

BD01-AK1X/GB... 

BD01-AK1X/F 

BD01-AK1X/2SD... 

BD01-AK1X/2BS... 

BD01-AK1X/2DKS... 

BD01-AK1X/2PC... 

292 

135 

13 

63 


80 

100 

150 


85 

112 

NSV0_00290 

27 

100 

12 

22,5 

M25, 32, 40, 50 


NSV0_00292 

68 

195 

BD01-AK1X/CEE163... 

Tap-off unit size 1, with mounting unit 

BD01-AK1M1/A... 


4 

90 

52 

90 

77 



NSV0_00293 

75,5 

NSV0_00291 

Dotted lines: usable component fitting space 


4/36 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Tap-off units size 2 

BD01-AK2X/F..., BD01-AK2HX/F... 

BD01-AK2X/S..., BD01-AK2HX/S... 

112 

100 

150 


85 

362 

205 


80 

27 

200 

12 

22,5 


NSV0_00294 

265 

BD01-AK2X/4SD... 

BD01-AK2X/4DKS.. 

BD01-AK2X/4PC... 



4 

13 

63 

130 

68 

NSV0_00296 

NSV0_00299 

52 

105 

72,5 

NSV0_00301 

62 

132 

72,5 




4/37





BD01-AK2M2/F, BD01-AK2HM2/F 

BD01-AK2HM2/A... 

BD01-AK2M1/BS... 

BD01-AK2M1/2SD... 

BD01-AK2M1/2DKS... 

BD01-AK2M1/2PC... 

BD01-AK2M1/2T23... 

BD01-AK2M1/T25... 


90 

77 

NSV0_00295 

13 

68 

NSV0_00297 

77 

BD01-AK2M1/CEE165... 

BD01-AK2M1/CEE325... 

4 

90 

52 

NSV0_00298 77 

105 

90 

62 

NSV0_00300 77 

132 

72,5 

72,5 



4/38 Siemens LV 70 · 2006





with ancillary equipment unit size 1 

BD01-AK1M1/GK1X/3T23... 

77 

90 


NSV0_00312 

63 

13 

60,5 

124,5 


with ancillary equipment unit size 1 

BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/T25... 

BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/3T23... 

BD01-AK2HM2/GK1X/CEE635... 

63 

13 

77 

77 98 

77 

4 



87,5 


60,5 

124,5 

NSV0_00313 

NSV0_00314 




4/39





Ancillary equipment units size 1 


BD01-GK1X/4DKS103 

BD01-GK1X/4PC163 

BD01-GK1X/4SD163 

135 

175 

NSV0_00302 

100 

150 


13 

63 


60,5 

124,5 

NSV0_00304 

Tap-off unit size 1, 

with mounting unit 

BD01-GK1M1/F 

90 

77 

4 

NSV0_00303 



4/40 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Ancillary equipment units size 2 


BD01-GK2X/2SD163CEE165 

BD01-GK2X/2DKS103CEE165 

205 

85 


80 

27 

112 

12 


NSV0_00305 

100 

13 

150 


52 

63 

105 

245 

84 

179 

NSV0_00307 

BD01-GK2X/CEE163CEE165 

Ancillary equipment unit size 2, with mounting unit 

BD01-GK2M2/F 

142 

12 

4 

NSV0_00308 

150 


112 

52 

77 

NSV0_00306 

70 

174 

245 




4/41




Protective covers to IP55 

For tap-off point 

BD01-FAS 

For connection point 

BD01-FS 

92 

65 

11,5 

26 

NSV0_00997 

92 

175 

26 

NSV0_00996 

29 

11,5 

For feeder unit at bottom 

BD01-FES 

A 

A - A 

12 

92 

4 

11,5 

A 

13 

NSV0_00998 

172 

For feeder unit at side, top 

BD01-KS 

12 

26 

NSV0_00999 

4/42 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




For tap-off unit 

BD01-AK01X-IP55 



NSV0_01000 

11,5 

92 

26 

26 

12 

13,5 

12 

13,5 

NSV0_01001 





4 

NSV0_01002 

11,5 

11,5 

92 

26 

12 

13,5 

NSV0_01003 

92 

11,5 

92 

26 

12 

13,5 


4/43




Fixing 

Universal fixing bracket 

BD01-B 

75 

27,5 

25 


BD01-BA 

ø 9 

103 

112 

132 

91 

50 

115 

135 

5,5 

4,5 

10 NSV0_00309 

27,5 

49,5 

52 

59 

NSV0_00310 

15 10 10 

ø 9 

10 

10 


BD01-BAP 

60 

230 30 

9 

73 

92 

4 

NSV0_00311 

12 

13 

48 


150 

200 

250 

4/44 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


BD2 System – 160 ... 1250 A 




5/30 Junction units 


5/50 Tap-off units for international use 

5/61 Ancillary equipment units for 

international use 

5/62 Tap-off units for Belgium 

5/63 Tap-off units for Denmark 

5/64 Tap-off units for France 

5/65 Tap-off units for Great Britain 

5/66 Tap-off units for Switzerland 



5/94 Fire barriers 



BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A 


Introduction 

■ Overview 

5 

2 

5 

2 

3 

5 

4 

1 

3 

4 

4 

5 

NSV0_00081 

3 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Trunking unit 

Junction unit 

Feeder unit 

Tap-off unit 

Optional equipment 

5/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

Version 


according to 

• IEC/EN 60439-1 

• IEC/EN 60439-2 


• Trunking units IP52 (standard), 

feeder units and tap-off units IP54 

• Increased protection IP54 or IP55 with accessories for 

operation in harsh industrial environments 

Components 

Straight trunking units 

• Without or with fire protection 

• 5-wire system 

• Busbars made of copper or aluminum 

• Standard lengths of 3.25 m, 2.25 m and 1.25 m 

• Selectable lengths from 0.5 m to 3.24 m 

•Tap-off points 

-None 

- On two sides offset every 0.25 m or 0.5 m 

• Fire protection: fire resistance class S90 and S120 

according to DIN 4102, Sheet 2 to 4 


• Edgewise or flat 

• Without or with fire protection 

• L-enclosure without or with configurable angle 

•Z-enclosure 

•T-enclosure 

•K-enclosure 

• Flexible junction units 

Feeder units 

• Entry/end feeder unit 

• Center feeder unit 

• Bolt terminal 

• Cable entry from 1, 2 or 3 sides 

• Distribution board feeder unit 

Tap-off units 

• Up to 25 A 

- Molded-plastic enclosure 

- Double anti-rotation feature 

• Up to 63 A 

- Sheet steel, hot-galvanized, cover with powder-spray paint 

finish 


• Up to 125 A 


finish 

- Compulsory order of operation 


• Up to 630 A 


finish 

- Tap-off unit partitioned according to function 

- Enclosure for protective devices 

- Enclosure for power pick-up 



• For 8 modular widths (MW) 

• Without or with mounting unit, cover powder-coated 

Accessories 

• End flange 

• For degree of protection IP54 or IP55 

- Flange for edgewise mounting position 

- Flange for flat mounting position 

- Flange for vertical mounting position 

- Additional components for tap-off units 

• For fixing 

- Universal mounting bracket for edgewise or flat arrangement 

- Fastening elements for vertical bars, for wall or ceiling 

mounting 

• Clamp terminal 

■ Benefits 

7 Easy and quick planning 

7 Time-saving and economical mounting 

7 Reliable and safe operation 

7 Flexible modular system with simple solutions for every 

application 

7 Early planning of the power distribution system without exact 

knowledge of load locations 

7 Early readiness for operation thanks to fast and simple 

mounting 

7 Innovative design: no more compensation boxes to compensate 

elongation 

7 Codable tap-off units and tap-off points 

7 Sealable throughout 



5 


5/3



Introduction 

■ Design 


Power is transferred through nickel-plated and tinned aluminum 

busbars as well as tinned copper busbars. 

The low inherent impedance and large surface area of the 

busbars limit the heat build-up. 

The result is a low transmission loss and a low voltage drop. 

Enclosure 

The enclosure is made of hot galvanized steel with a paint finish. 

Color: RAL 7035 (light gray). 

Protected to IP52 degree of protection as standard. This can be 

increased to IP54 or IP55 with additional parts. 

½N L1 L2 L3 ½PE 

Left: Tap-off point for BD2.-160 to BD2.-400 

Right: Tap-off point for BD2.-500 to BD2.-1250 

Connections 

Trunking units are connected quickly and securely via the clamp 

terminal. 

NSV0_00088 

½N L1 L2 L3 ½PE 

68 

NSV0_00082 

167 167 

160 ... 400 A 500 ... 1250 A 

126 

BD2A-1 trunking units 

NSV0_00090 

N L1 L2 L3 ½PE 

Left: Flange cover 

Right: Clamp terminal 

Clamp terminal 


68 

167 

160 ... 400 A 

BD2A-2, BD2C-2 trunking units 

NSV0_00084 

167 

500 ... 1250 A 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

126 

Features: 

• Even holding pressure ensures completely secure connection 

of all five busbars. Quick mounting up to 400 A with plug-in 

terminal, from 500 A to 1250 A with bolt terminal. 

• The built-in expansion compensation absorbs the heat 

expansion of the busbars. 

• The terminal can be tightened using conventional tools. 

• Two sizes are available for the whole system. 

• The clamp terminal is supplied as an integral part of the 

trunking units and junction units. 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

167 


68 

NSV0_00086 

167 

500 ... 1250 A 

126 

5 

BD2A-3, BD2C-3 trunking units, 

junction units, BD2A-..., BD2C-... feeder units 

Tap-off points 

The busbar support and tap-off point form a unit. 

The leading/delayed PE contact at the tap-off unit provides 

positive opening or closing of the tap-off point. 

The tap-off point can be coded at the factory on request, 

together with the tap-off unit. The tap-off point is sealable. 

BD2-AK1, BD2-AK02(03), BD2-AK2(3) and BD2-AK04 tap-off 

units are plug-in types for all systems, BD2-AK05(06) tap-off 

units are only for systems from 500 A. 

NSV0_00092 

Left: BD2-400-SK for 160 to 400 A 

Right: BD2-1250-EK for 500 to 1250 A 

Four screws provide the mechanical connection to the 

enclosure. 

NSV0_00094 

5/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 


Flexible junction units 

NSV0_00097 

NSV0_00095 

Equipment 

The trunking units are available in the following versions: 

• Without tap-off points 

• With tap-off points on both sides at intervals of 0.5 m, offset by 

0.25 m (BD2.-2, BD2.-3) and at intervals of 1 m, offset by 0.5 m 

(BD2.-1). 

One clamp terminal is included as standard. 

Fire barriers can be fitted (see "Fire Barriers", page 5/6). 

The following lengths are available: 

•3.25 m 

•2.25 m 

•1.25 m 

• Optional lengths 

Number of tap-off points 

Length 

Tap-offs on both sides 

m 

1.25 ... 2.25 2 ... 8 

2.26 ... 3, 25 4 ... 12 

On optional lengths, it may not be possible to fit tap-off units to 

all tap-off points 


NSV0_00096 

BD2-...-R 

L-units 

Left: Knee, rear; 

BD2.-...-LH, BD2.-...-LH-X*, BD2.-...-LH-Y*, BD2.-...-LH-X*/Y* 

Right: Knee, front; 

BD2.-...-LV, BD2.-...-LV-X*, BD2.-...-LV-Y*, BD2.-...-LV-X*/Y* 

X 

X Y 

Y 

Left: Elbow, right; 

BD2.-...-LR, BD2.-...-LR-X*, BD2.-...-LR-Y*, BD2.-...-LR-X*/Y* 

Right: Elbow, left; 

BD2.-...-LL, BD2.-...-LL-X*, BD2.-...-LL-Y*, BD2.-...-LL-X*/Y* 

Z-units 

Y 

X 

Y 

NSV0_00098 

NSV0_00100 

X 

X 

Y 

Equipment 

Flexible copper conductors for the flexible junction units. 

The L-units with configurable angle are available with a fixed 

angle of 90° or any angle in 5° increments from 85° to 175°. 

Z 

Y 

X 

Z 

NSV0_00102 

5 

All L and Z-units are available with 

• Standard limb lengths of 0.36 m 

• One or two limb lengths selectable from 0.36 m to 1.25 m. 

Left: BD2.-...-ZH-Z*, BD2.-...-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* (rear) 

Right: BD2.-...-ZV-Z*, BD2.-...-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* (front) 

The junction units are supplied with one clamp terminal. 

Y 

NSV0_00104 

X 

Z 

Y 

Z 

X 

Left: BD2.-...-ZR-Z*, BD2.-...-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* (right) 

Right: BD2.-...-ZL-Z*, BD2.-...-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* (left) 


5/5



Introduction 

T-units 

Left: BD2.-...-TH (rear) 

Right: BD2.-...-TV (front) 

NSV0_00106 

NSV0_00108 

Fire barriers 

If the busbar system is routed through a fire wall or ceiling, a fire 

barrier must be fitted. Depending on the customer’s requirements, 

Siemens offers fire barriers with a fire resistance rating of 

S90 and S120. 

Standard lengths, optional lengths and junction units are 

supplied with fire protective equipment as specified in the 

ordering data (see "Fire Barriers", page 5/94). 

Factory-fitted equipment: 

• Internal fire barrier 

• External fire barrier, if required 

• Documentation (certificate of approval, wall-mounted signs 

and declaration of conformity) 

Mineral based mortar or ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90 (see "Fire 

Barriers", page 5/101) for sealing joints between the busbar 

trunking element and fixed structure must be supplied by the 

customer. 

Left: BD2.-...-TR (right) 

Right: BD2.-...-TL (left) 

K-units 

M* 

NSV0_00116 

NSV0_00110 

BX* 

Left: BD2.-...-KVH (front + rear) 

Right: BD2.-...-KRL (right + left) 

L-units with engineered angle from 85° to 175° 

G*= 85°–175° 

NSV0_00112 

Fire barrier for trunking units and junction units 

For S90: For S120: 

BD2A-... 

BD2A-... or BD2C-... 

+BD2-S90-BX*-M* 

+BD2-S120-BX*-M* 

+BD2-S90-BY*-M* 

+BD2-S120-BY*-M* 

+BD2-S90-BZ*-M* 

+BD2-S120-BZ*-M* 

G*= 85°–175° 

5 

Left: Knee, rear; BD2.-...-LH-G*, BD2.-...-LH-X*-G*, 

BD2.-...-LH-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LH-X*/Y*-G* 

Right: Knee, front; BD2.-...-LV-G*, BD2.-...-LV-X*-G*, 

BD2.-...-LV-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LV-X*/Y*-G* 

NSV0_00114 

G*= 85°–175° 

G*= 85°–175° 

Left: Elbow, right; BD2.-...-LR-G*, BD2.-...-LR-X*-G*, 

BD2.-...-LR-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LR-X*/Y*-G* 

Right: Elbow, left; BD2.-...-LL-G*, BD2.-...-LL-X*-G*, 

BD2.-...-LL-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LL-X*/Y*-G* 

5/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2006

NSV0_00118 

NSV0_00124 

NSV0_00119 



Introduction 

Feeder units 

For the incoming supply to BD2 runs, various feeder unit variants 

are available to meet different requirements. 

If end feeder units are used in addition to center feeder units, an 

additional clamp terminal is required for each end feeder unit. 

NSV0_00117 

Example: end feeder unit with connected cabling box 

Features: 

• Cables are introduced from the front. 

• Cable entry plate (aluminum) for single-core cable entry. 

• Cable connection is via bolts. The bolts are included as 

standard. 

• The factory-fitted link between PE and N can be removed for 

connection of five-core cables. 

• Feeder units are supplied without clamp terminal. 

For double-ended feed, an additional clamp terminal is required. 

BD2.-...-EE end feeder unit and BD2.-...-ME center feeder unit 

End feeder units 

Cable entry is from the front; cable entry from the side is possible 

for the version with a BD2.-...-EE-KR cabling box. 

NSV0_00120 

BD2.-...-EE and BD2.-...-EE-KR end feeder units 

The phase sequence can be changed on site by rotating the 

busbar pack. 

NSV0_00122 

BD2.-...-EE double-end feeder unit 

To distribute large amounts of power with small busbar crosssections 

it is sensible to use a center feed unit in some cases. 

It is mounted in the middle of a busbar run between two trunking 

units. The left run and the right run are supplied simultaneously 

with one supply cable. It is thus possible to feed in 2000 A with 

one 1000 A center feed unit. In this case special consideration 

must be given to the overload and short-circuit protection of the 

busbar system. 

If the short-circuit protection is not assured by the upstream 

protective device and/or the overload is not due to the type and 

number of loads, additional protective measures are required. 

Two options are possible: 

• Use of a center feed unit with one coupling unit each on the 

right and left next to the feeder unit. The coupling unit must be 

equipped with a protective device (fuse or circuit-breaker) that 

ensures the short-circuit and overload function. 

• Use of two end feeder units that are arranged centrally in the 

busbar run. The two supply cables are separately fused in the 

distribution system. 

Distribution board feeder units 

For BD2 connection to a distribution board. 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

BD2.-...-VE distribution board feeder unit 

5 


5/7



Introduction 

Center feeder units 

Cable entry is possible from 3 sides. The phase sequence can 

be changed on site by rotating the busbar pack. 

BD2.-...-ME center feeder units (PE left and PE right) 

BD2.-...-ME center feeder units (PE rear and PE front) 

NSV0_00125 

Tap-off units 

Tap-off units are available in a number of versions for different 

applications. 

BD2-AK1 molded plastic-enclosed tap-off units for up to 25 A 

with fuses, miniature circuit-breakers and socket outlets 

Features: 

• Molded-plastic enclosure, color light gray, similar to RAL 7035 

• Transparent cover for the protective elements 

• During mounting and removing of the tap-off units, a load 

switching capacity of AC-22B up to 400 V is reached 

• An anti-rotation feature prevents incorrect mounting 


• Cables can be introduced from three sides 

• The tap-off unit must be removed from the trunking before the 

unit can be opened and the cables connected 

• Built-in strain relief 

• The connection cables should be supported separately if 

required 

NSV0_00127 

Sheet steel-enclosed tap-off units BD2-AK2 up to 63 A and 

BD2-AK3 up to 125 A with cover-integrated switch-disconnector 

Features: 

• Hot-galvanized sheet steel and cover with powder-coated finish, 

color light gray, RAL 7035. 

• The tap-off units can be mounted and removed only with their 

cover open. 

• Switch-disconnector integrated into the cover, switching 

capacity at 63 A AC-22B up to 400 V or at 125 A AC-21B, 

which ensures that the unit is not live when the cover is open. 

• An anti-rotation feature prevents incorrect mounting. 

• Cables can be introduced from three sides; use plastic cable 

glands with strain relief (not supplied). 

• Power pick-up via silver-plated lyra-shaped contacts. 

• If the PE conductor is used as a PEN conductor, note that the 

PE contact of the BD2-AK3... tap-off units have only half the 

cross-section and therefore cannot carry the full rated current. 


required. 

Mounting unit: 

For installing devices (e.g. miniature circuit-breakers) in conformance 

with DIN 43871, with 8 MW. 1 MW equals a space 

requirement of 18 mm. Hinged covers on all tap-off units allow 

device operation from outside. 

NSV0_00200 

BD2-AK2M2/A323 

BD2-AK2 tap-off units up to 63 A 

with fuses, miniature circuit-breakers and socket outlets 

Features: 

• Miniature circuit-breakers can optionally be operated from the 

outside (mounting unit with 8 MW; 1 MW = 18 mm) 

NSV0_00135 

5 

NSV0_00129 

BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33 

BD2-AK1/CEE165A163 

5/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 


with fuse switch-disconnectors and fuse bases 

Features: 

• On versions with fuse switch-disconnectors or circuit-breakers, 

the cover is interlocked with these switches and can 

therefore be opened only when they are switched off. 

• On versions with fuse bases, the disconnector built into the 

cover does not disconnect the load. It only removes the 

voltage from the installed fuse bases when the cover is 

opened. 

• Terminal bolts for cables. 

NSV0_00136 

BD2-AK3X/GSTZ00 

Tap-off units BD2-AK2 up to 63 A and BD2-AK3 up to 125 A 

configured to customer specifications 

Features: 

• Device installation to customer specification in compliance 

with the requirements for type-tested low-voltage switchgear 

and controlgear assemblies (TTA). Engineering, quotations 

and delivery through your Siemens contacts in our branches. 

• Devices mounted on pre-drilled mounting plates, module 

mounting rails or top-hat rails according to EN 60715. 

BD2-AK02 (AK03) sheet steel-enclosed tap-off units 

without cover-integrated switch-disconnector 

Features: 

• Hot-galvanized sheet steel and cover with powder-coated finish, 


• The tap-off units can be mounted and removed with the cover 

open and closed. 

• With the cover open the voltage is still applied to the installed 

devices (test facility). Degree of protection IP20 (finger-safety) 

is assured. 

• Do not mount or remove tap-off units under load. 




• Power pick-up via silver-plated lyra-shaped contacts. 


PE contact of the BD2-AK03 tap-off units have only half the 

cross-section and therefore cannot carry the full rated current. 


required. 

Mounting unit: 

For installing devices (e.g. miniature circuit-breakers) in conformance 

with DIN 43871, with 8 MW. 1 MW equals a space 

requirement of 18 mm. Hinged covers on all tap-off units allow 

device operation from outside. 


with fuses, miniature circuit-breaker 

Features: 



NSV0_00131 

NSV0_00138 

BD2-AK2... 

BD2-AK02M2/A323 

5 


5/9



Introduction 


with circuit-breakers, fuse switch-disconnectors, fuse bases, 

miniature circuit-breakers and fuse-switches 

Features: 




• Terminal bolts for cables 






• On versions with fuse bases, the load must be disconnected 

before the enclosure cover is removed. 

• Connections for multi-core or single-core cables are possible. 

NSV0_00132 

5 

BD2-AK03X/L... 

Tap-off units BD2-AK02 up to 63 A and BD2-AK03 up to 125 A 

configured to customer specifications 

Features: 

• Device installation to customer specification in compliance 

with the requirements for type-tested low-voltage switchgear 

and controlgear assemblies (TTA). Engineering, quotations 

and delivery through your Siemens contacts in our branches. 

• Devices mounted on pre-drilled mounting plates, module 

mounting rails or top-hat rails according to EN 60715 

NSV0_00133 

BD2-AK03... 

Steel enclosed tap-off units BD2-AK04 up to 250 A and 

BD2-AK05 up to 400 A and BD2-AK06 up to 630 A 

without cover-integrated switch-disconnector 

Tap-off units BD2-AK04 up to 250 A, 

BD2-AK05 up to 400 A and AK06 up to 630 A 

with circuit-breakers, fuse switch-disconnectors and fuse bases 

Features: 

• Type BD2-AK05 and BD2-AK06 tap-off units > 250 A can be 

mounted only on 500 A to 1250 A trunking units. 

• Hot-galvanized and powder-coated sheet-steel enclosure, 


• The tap-off units can be mounted and removed only with their 

cover open. 






PE contact of the BD2-AK04, BD2-AK05 and BD2-AK06 tapoff 

units have only half the cross-section and therefore cannot 

carry the full rated current. 


required. 

BD2-AK05/LS... 


Features: 

• The enclosure is made from hot-galvanized sheet steel. 

• Cables can be introduced from 4 sides (use plastic cable 

glands with strain relief; not supplied). 

• Can be combined with tap-off units (BD2-AK02, AK2, AK03, 

AK3) 

• A standard mounting rail is built-in for component mounting. 

• 1 size with 8 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular width) 

• Without or with mounting unit for external 

operation (1 size with 8 MW) 

• Installation of devices (e.g. miniature circuit-breakers) in accordance 

with DIN 43871 possible up to and including 63 A. 

BD2-GKM2/F 

NSV0_01014 

NSV0_00139 

5/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2006

NSV0_00148 



Introduction 


Protective sleeve 

Provides purely mechanical protection for the busbar system 

when it is routed through walls and ceilings. The protective 

sleeve can be retrofitted. 

Flat mounting position 

The higher degree of protection is achieved by fitting an additional 

flange at the connection points, at the end flange and at 

the tap-off points. 

0,185 

NSV0_00140 

NSV0_00145 

BD2-400-D and BD2-1250-D protective sleeve 

for currents up to 400 A or from 500 to 1250 A 

End flange 

An end flange is required for terminating the busbar run. 

Two sizes are available. 

Left: Connection point between trunking units with BD2-FF 

Right: Connection point between trunking unit and end flange with 

BD2-FFE 

NSV0_00147 

NSV0_00141 

Left: BD2-400-FE end flange for currents up to 400 A 

Right: BD2-1250-FE end flange for currents from 500 to 1250 A 


Edgewise mounting position 

The higher degree of protection is achieved by fitting an additional 

flange at the connection points and at the end flange. 

Tap-off openings with BD2-FAS 

Vertical mounting position 

The higher degree of protection is achieved by fitting additional 

flanges at all the connection points and at all tap-off points (front 

and rear). 

NSV0_00143 

Left: Connection point between trunking units with BD2-...-HF 

Right: Connection point between trunking unit and end flange with 

BD2-...-HFE 

Left: Connection point between trunking units with BD2-...-VF 

Right: Tap-off openings with BD2-FAS 

5 


5/11



Introduction 



The higher degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting additional 

seals and a flange at the connection points and at the 

tap-off points. 

Tap-off units 

The higher degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting 

additional seals at the tap-off unit. 

NSV0_01004 

BD2-AK1-IP55 

Connection point between trunking units with BD2-...-FS 

NSV0_01007 

NSV0_01005 

Connection point between trunking unit and end flange with BD2-...-FSE 

BD2-AK2X(3X)-IP55 

NSV0_00147 

Tap-off openings with BD2-...-FAS 

5 

BD2-AK02X(03X)-IP55 

NSV0_01009 

NSV0_01008 

NSV0_01006 

BD2-AK04(05, 06)-IP55 

5/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Introduction 

Fixing accessories 


The universal fixing bracket can be used for edgewise and flat 

mounting of all variants. 

NSV0_00150 

Retaining elements for vertical busbar runs 

These consist of a wall mounting element and accessories for 

fixing to to the ceiling. 

The retaining elements are adjustable to compensate for uneven 

walls. 

Maximum load carrying capacity of retaining element 

see "Engineering Information", page 5/82. 

BD2-400-BB and BD2-1250-BB fixing bracket 

for currents up to 400 A or from 500 to 1250 A 

Spacer bracket 

Spacer bracket for compensating building tolerances between 

trunking unit and wall or ceiling. The spacer bracket slides onto 

the BD2-...-BB fixing bracket and is secured with screws. For 

vertically mounted BD2 runs, it can also be used as an intermediate 

mounting. 

NSV0_00154 

BD2-BWV wall mounting element for busbar run and end feeder unit 

At the transition from the horizontal to the vertical busbar run, the 

ceiling mounting must be used as a support element. 

NSV0_00152 

BD2-BD spacer bracket 

Spacers 

Spacers for compensating wall and ceiling discrepancies between 

feeder units and trunking units. The spacers clip onto the 

fixing bracket. 

NSV0_00155 

NSV0_00153 

BD2-BDV ceiling mounting element for busbar run 

BD2-DSB spacers 

NSV0_00156 

5 

BD2-BVF wall mounting element for busbar run at each clamp terminal 


5/13



General data 


General system data 

Type 

BD2-... 


Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 690/800 

Overvoltage category/pollution degree 

III/3 

Rated operational voltage U e V AC 690 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 

Rated operational current I e 

•Aluminum busbars A 160 ... 1000 

• Copper busbars A 160 ... 1250 



Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40 


(construction type 2) 


IP52 

• Trunking units with accessories on the busbar run 

IP54, IP55 

• Feeder units, tap-off units 

IP54 

• Feeder units and tap-off units with accessories 

IP55 

Material 

• Trunking units, feeder units, tap-off units Hot-galvanized, painted sheet steel, light gray (RAL 7035) 

• Exception: BD2-AK1/... tap-off units Molded-plastic enclosure, light gray (RAL 7035) 

•Busbars 

-Aluminum 

Nickel-plated and tinned aluminum busbars 

- Copper Tinned copper busbars 


Edgewise, flat, lateral 

Weights 


Tap-off units 

5 

Type 

BD2-AK... 

Rated current I e 25 A 63 A 125 A 250 A 400 A 

Switching capacity of contact system AC-22B – – – – 

Switching capacity of the built-in switch-disconnector 

according to IEC/EN 60947-3 at 400 V 

– AC-22B AC-21B – – 

Max. admissible rated prospective short-circuit withstand 

current when tap-off units with miniature circuitbreakers 

are used: 

Important engineering notes 

Not all tap-off units have a rated voltage of 690 V and a 

short-circuit rating that corresponds to the system as a whole. 

The short-circuit rating and rated voltage of the tap-off units 

used in a system must be appropriate for it. 

If the rated voltage of a tap-off unit does not match, choose one 

equipped with the appropriate components. Larger prospective 

short-circuit currents must be limited by fitting protection equipment 

(such as circuit-breakers) upstream. 

10 kAeff: For higher rated prospective short-circuit currents, refer to ”Back-up protection“ 

for miniature circuit-breakers. 

25 kAeff: For higher rated prospective short-circuit currents the upstream protective 

device must limit to: 

– Max. let-through energy I 2 t = 12 × 10 4 A 2 s; 

– Max. let-through current I D =9.5kA 

5/14 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



General data 

Trunking units with aluminum conductor 

Type BD2A-.-160 BD2A-.-250 BD2A-.-315 BD2A-.-400 

Conductors 

Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 690/800 690/800 690/800 690/800 


Rated operational voltage U e V AC 690 690 690 690 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 

Rated current I e = thermal rated current at 

A 160 250 315 400 

max. 40 °C and 35 °C on 24 h average 

Impedance per unit length of current paths with 50 Hz and 

20 °C ambient temperature (cold rails) 





20 °C ambient temperature (rail under operating conditions 

warm) 




Impedance of conductors under fault conditions 

• AC resistance per unit length R F mΩ/m 0.865 0.909 0.722 0.548 

• Reactance per unit length X F mΩ/m 0.365 0.487 0.438 0.456 

• Impedance per unit length Z F mΩ/m 0.939 1.031 0.844 0.713 

Zero impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 Phase to N R 0 mΩ/m 1.893 1.963 1.494 1.217 

(VDE 0102) 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.759 0.824 0.658 0.640 

Z 0 mΩ/m 2.040 2.128 1.633 1.375 

Phase to PE R 0 mΩ/m 1.638 1.279 1.225 1.059 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.606 0.516 0.524 0.518 

Z 0 mΩ/m 1.746 1.379 1.332 1.179 


• Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 17 32 36 40 

• Rated short-time withstand current I cw t = 1 s kA 5.5 10 14 16 

t = 0.1 s kA 10 16 18 20 

Number of conductors 5 5 5 5 

Conductor cross-section L1, L2, L3 mm 2 63 90 113 205 

N mm 2 63 90 113 205 

1 / 2 N mm 2 63 90 90 113 

PE mm 2 63 90 113 205 

1 / 2 PE mm 2 63 90 90 103 

Conductor material Al Al Al Al 

Max. interval between trunking units 

at normal mechanical loading 

•Edgewise m 4 4 4 4 

• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 4 4 4 4 

•Flat m 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Fire load 2) kWh/m 1.32 1.32 1.32 1.32 

1) When using BD2-BD spacer bracket. 

2) Values for trunking units with tap-off points. 

For more values, see page 5/21. 

5 


5/15



General data 

Trunking units with aluminum conductor 

Type BD2A-.-500 BD2A-.-630 BD2A-.-800 BD2A-.-1000 

Conductors 




Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 


A 500 630 800 1000 









warm) 





• AC resistance per unit length R F mΩ/m 0.264 0264 0.225 0.157 

• Reactance per unit length X F mΩ/m 0.232 0.238 0.239 0.240 


Zero impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 Phase to N R 0 mΩ/m 0.537 0.538 0.494 0.340 

(VDE 0102) 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.329 0.331 0.312 0.301 

Z 0 mΩ/m 0.630 0.632 0.584 0.454 

Phase to PE R 0 mΩ/m 0.492 0.492 0.438 0.408 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.299 0.303 0.280 0.273 

Z 0 mΩ/m 0.576 0.578 0.520 0.491 


• Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 59 64 84 90 

• Rated short-time withstand current I cw t = 1 s kA 21 26 32 34 

t = 0.1 s kA 28 32 40 43 



N mm 2 276 276 446 699 

1 / 2 N mm 2 276 276 276 446 

PE mm 2 276 276 446 699 

1 / 2 PE mm 2 276 276 276 350 

5 

Conductor material Al Al Al Al 



•Edgewise m 4 4 3.5 3 

• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 2 2 1.75 1.5 

•Flat m 3.5 3.5 3 2.5 

Fire load 2) kWh/m 2 2 2 2 




5/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



General data 

Trunking units with copper conductor 

Type BD2C-.-160 BD2C-.-250 BD2C-.-315 BD2C-.-400 

Conductors 




Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 


A 160 250 315 400 









warm) 





• AC resistance per unit length R F mΩ/m 0.666 0.674 0.664 0.548 

• Reactance per unit length X F mΩ/m 0.511 0.530 0.436 0.446 


Zero impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 Phase to N R 0 mΩ/m 1.419 1.429 1.301 1.191 

(VDE 0102) 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.691 0.702 0.590 0.632 

Z 0 mΩ/m 1.579 1.592 1.458 1.349 

Phase to PE R 0 mΩ/m 1.027 1.139 1.065 0.956 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.641 0.529 0.507 0.507 

Z 0 mΩ/m 1.211 1.256 1.179 1.082 


• Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 17 32 36 40 

• Rated short-time withstand current I cw t = 1 s kA 5.5 10 14 16 

t = 0.1 s kA 10 16 18 20 



N mm 2 63 63 66 108 

PE mm 2 63 63 66 108 

1 / 2 PE mm 2 63 63 66 66 




•Edgewise m 4 4 4 4 

• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 4 4 4 4 

•Flat m 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Fire load 2) kWh/m 1.32 1.32 1.32 1.32 




5 


5/17



General data 

Trunking units with copper conductor 

Type BD2C-.-500 BD2C-.-630 BD2C-.-800 BD2C-.-1000 BD2C-.-1250 

Conductors 

Rated insulation voltage U i V AC/DC 690/800 690/800 690/800 690/800 690/800 

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 

Rated operational voltage U e V AC 690 690 690 690 690 

Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 


A 500 630 800 1000 1250 






• Impedance Z 20 mΩ/m 0.125 0.125 0.073 0.073 0.063 



warm) 



• Impedance Z 1 mΩ/m 0.146 0.160 0.084 0.086 0.068 


• AC resistance per unit length R F mΩ/m 0.259 0.261 0.136 0.134 0.094 

• Reactance per unit length X F mΩ/m 0.218 0.222 0.226 0.227 0.229 

• Impedance per unit length Z F mΩ/m 0.338 0.343 0.264 0.264 0.248 

Zero impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 Phase to N R 0 mΩ/m 0.532 0.529 0.284 0.284 0.186 

(VDE 0102) 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.313 0.314 0.261 0.264 0.275 

Z 0 mΩ/m 0.617 0.615 0.386 0.388 0.332 

Phase to PE R 0 mΩ/m 0.473 0.470 0.258 0.270 0.174 

X 0 mΩ/m 0.274 0.277 0.265 0.249 0.265 

Z 0 mΩ/m 0.547 0.545 0.370 0.367 0.317 


• Rated impulse withstand current I pk kA 59 64 84 90 90 

• Rated short-time withstand current I cw t = 1 s kA 21 26 32 34 34 

t = 0.1 s kA 28 32 40 43 43 

Number of conductors 5 5 5 5 5 

Conductor cross-section L1, L2, L3 mm 2 158 158 280 418 699 

N mm 2 158 158 280 418 699 

PE mm 2 158 158 280 418 699 

1 / 2 PE mm 2 158 158 158 280 418 

5 

Conductor material Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu 



•Edgewise m 4 4 3.5 3 2 

• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 2 2 1.75 1.5 1 

•Flat m 3.5 3.5 3 2.5 1.5 

Fire load 2) kWh/m 2 2 2 2 2 




5/18 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



General data 

Feeder units 

Conductor cross-sections 

Version Type L1, L2, L3 N PE Size of 

terminal 

Feeder units with terminal 

bolt 

Center feeder units with 

terminal bolts 

min. 

mm 2 

max. 

mm 2 

BD2.-250-EE (1–3) × 6 1 × 150, 

2 × 70 

BD2.-400-EE (1–3) × 10 1) 1 × 240, 

2 × 120 

BD2.-1000-EE (1–3) × 10 1) 2 × 240, 

3 × 185 

BD2.-1250-EE (1–4) × 10 1) 3 × 300, 

4 × 240 

BD2.-400-ME (1–3) × 10 1) 2 × 240, 

3 × 185 

BD2.-1000-ME (1–5) × 10 1) (1–5) × 300 (1–5) × 10 1) (1–5) × 300 (1–5) × 10 1) (1–5) × 300 M12 

1) Minimum possible cable cross-section for cable lugs. 

min. 

mm 2 

max. 

mm 2 

(1–3) × 6 1 × 150, 

2 × 70 

(1–3) × 10 1) 1 × 240, 

2 × 120 

(1–3) × 10 1) 2 × 240, 

3 × 185 

(1–4) × 10 1) 3 × 300, 


(1–3) × 10 1) 2 × 240, 

3 × 185 

min. 

mm 2 

max. 

mm 2 

(1–3) × 6 1 × 150, 

2 × 70 

(1–3) × 10 1) 1 × 240, 

2 × 120 

(1–3) × 10 1) 2 × 240, 

3 × 185 

(1–4) × 10 1) 3 × 300, 


(1–3) × 10 1) 2 × 240, 

3 × 185 

screws, 

bolts 

L1, L2, L3, N, PE 

M10 

M12 

M12 

M12 

M12 

Cable and wiring entries 

Type BD2.-250-EE BD2.-400-EE BD2.-1000-EE, BD2.-1000-ME BD2.-1250-EE 

BD2.-400-ME 

Cable grommets 1 × KT3 1) 2 × KT4 1) 3 × KT4 1) 6 × KT4 1) 4 × KT4 1) 

For cable diameter mm 14 ... 54 14 ... 68 14 ... 68 14 ... 68 14 ... 68 

1) With strain relief. 

Cable entry plate for single core cable 

(undrilled cable entry plates) 

Type BD2.-250-EE BD2.-400-EE BD2.-1000-EE BD2.-1250-EE 

Cable entry plate BD2-250-EBAL BD2-400-EBAL BD2-1000-EBAL BD2-1250-EBAL 

Number of cable entries (maximum) 10 × M32, 10 × M40 15 × M40, 36 × M50 

5 × M40 6 × M50 and 4 × M40 

Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included as standard) 

Cable entry plate for single core cable with center feeder units 

(undrilled cable entry plates) 

Type BD2.-400-ME... BD2.-1000-ME 

Cable entry plate BD2-400-MBAL BD2-1000-MBAL 

Number of cable entries (maximum) 12 × M40 and 3 × M32, 31 × M40, 

6 × M50 and 4 × M40 16 × M50 and 4 × M40 

Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included as standard) 

5 


5/19



General data 

Tap-off units 

Conductor cross-sections 

Designation Type L1, L2, L3 N PE Size of 

terminal 

min. 

max. min. 

max. min. 

max. 

mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 

mm 2 

Up to 25 A BD2-AK1/S14 0.5 (f, st) 4 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK1/S18 0.5 (f, st) 16 (so, f, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK1/A... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK1/A...N 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK1/F... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, st) 6 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK1/F...N 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

Up to 63 A BD2-AK.2X/S18 0.5 (f, st) 25 (f, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK.2X/S27 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK.2X/S33 1.5 (f, st) 25 (f, st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 16 (so, st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 16 (so, st) – 

BD2-AK.2M2/A... 0.75 (so, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) – 

BD2-AK.2M2/A...N 0.75 (so, st) 25 (st) 0.75 (so, f, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) – 

BD2-AK.2X/F... 0.75 (so, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) – 

BD2-AK.2X/GB32... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so, st) Cable armoring – 

BD2-AK.2X/GB63... 0.75 (so, st) 50 (st) 0.75 (so, st) 50 (st) Cable armoring – 

Up to 125 A BD2-AK.3X/L40-L125 2.5 (so, st) 70 (st) 2.5 (so, st) 70 (st) 2.5 (so, st) 70 (st) – 

BD2-AK3X/GS00 16 70 16 70 10 70 M8 

BD2-AK.3X/GSTZ(A)00 16 70 16 70 10 70 M8 

BD2-AK.3X/GB100... 6 (so, st) 70 (st) 6 (so, st) 70 (st) Cable armoring – 

BD2-AK03X/T(S)PNR100... 6 (so, st) 70 (st) 6 (so, st) 70 (st) Cable armoring – 

Up to 250 A BD2-AK04/SNH1 6 150 6 150 6 150 M10 

BD2-AK04/FS... 6 150 6 150 6 150 M10 

BD2-AK04/LS... 6 120 (st) 6 (so, st) 150 6 150 M8 

Up to 400 A BD2-AK05/SNH2 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 M10 

BD2-AK05/FS... 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 M10 

BD2-AK05/LS... 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 M8 

Up to 630 A BD2-AK06/SNH3 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 M12 

BD2-AK06/LS... 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 M10 

so = solid, st = stranded, f = flexible with end sleeve 

screws, 

bolts 

L1, L2, L3 

Cable and wiring entries 

5 

Type BD2-AK1/... BD2-AK.2... BD2-AK.3... BD2-AK04 BD2-AK05 BD2-AK06 

Cable grommets M25 2) – – KT 3 3) 2 × KT 4 3) 2 × KT 4 3) 

Cable glands 1) – M25, M32, M40 M25, M40, M63 – – – 

For cable diameter mm 11 ... 16 11 ... 27 11 ... 42 14 ... 54 14 ... 68 14 ... 68 

Min./max. cable entry capacity for 

multi-core cables 

• NYY... mm 2 5 × 1.5 to 

5 × 4 

• NYCWY... 4) mm 2 4 × 1.5 to 

4 × 2.5 

5 × 1.5 to 

5 × 16 

4 × 1.5 to 

4 × 16 

5 × 1.5 to 

5 × 25 

4 × 1.5 to 

4 × 70 

– – – 

5 × 1.5 to 

4 × 150 

2 × 5 × 1.5 to 

2 × 4 × 150 

Cable entry plate for singe-core cable 

(plates fitted, undrilled) 

• Max. number of cable entries – – – 10 × M40 10 × M32, 

5 × M40 

1) For cable glands: Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included 

as standard) 

2) Strain relief in BD2-AK1/... 

3) With strain relief. 

4) Fifth conductor: concentric conductor. 

2 × 5 × 10 to 

2 × 4 × 240 

10 × M40 

5/20 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



General data 

Fire loads 

Type Fire load Type Fire load Type Fire load 

(without single-bolt clamp terminal) kWh/m kWh kWh 

Trunking units Tap-off units BD2-AK.3X/L40-4 12.8 

BD2.-.-160-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/S14 6.9 BD2-AK.3X/L63-4 12.8 

BD2.-.-160-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/S18 6.9 BD2-AK.3X/L80-4 12.8 

BD2.-.-250-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/A163 5.83 BD2-AK.3X/L100-4 12.8 

BD2.-.-250-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/CEE165S14 8.5 BD2-AK.3X/L125-4 12.8 

BD2.-.-315-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/CEE165A163 8.7 BD2-AK.3X/GS00 8.07 

BD2.-.-315-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/2CEE163S14 9.5 BD2-AK.3X/GST.00 9.07 

BD2.-.-400-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/2CEE163A161 7.5 BD2-AK.3X/GB1003 14 

BD2.-.-400-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/3SD163S14 8 BD2-AK03X/FS125...-3 10.0 

BD2.-.-400-SO-. 0.60 BD2-AK1/3SD163A161 4.3 BD2-AK03X/FS125...-4 13.0 

BD2.-.-400-WO-. 0.60 BD2-AK1/A161/1 5.5 BD2-AK03X/F2258...-3(N) 6.1 

BD2.-.-500-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A162 5.5 BD2-AK03M2/A1253(N) 5.7 

BD2.-.-500-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A163N 6.1 BD2-AK04/SNH1 10.12 

BD2.-.-500-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/2CEE163A162 7.5 BD2-AK04/FS...-3 16.65 

BD2.-.-500-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A201 5.2 BD2-AK04/FS...-4 20.0 

BD2.-.-630-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A202 5.5 BD2-AK05/SNH2 12.16 

BD2.-.-630-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A203 5.8 BD2-AK05/FS...-3 18.6 

BD2.-.-630-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A203N 6.1 BD2-AK05/FS...-4 22.0 

BD2.-.-630-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/2PC163A162 5.8 BD2-AK06/SNH3 14.2 

BD2.-.-800-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/3DKS103S14 7.2 BD2-AK04/LS.-DC 17.0 

BD2.-.-800-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/3DKS103A131 5.9 BD2-AK04/LS.-EC 20.0 

BD2.-.-800-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/F1038-3 5.9 BD2-AK05/LS.-DC 19.0 

BD2.-.-800-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/F1038-3-N 6.1 BD2-AK05/LS.-EC 23.0 

BD2.-.-1000-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/FI30-162 5.5 BD2-AK06/LS.-DC 22.0 

BD2.-.-1000-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A101 5.2 BD2-AK06/LS.-EC 26.0 

BD2.-.-1000-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A161 5.2 Ancillary equipment units 

BD2.-.-1000-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/15A103 4.5 BD2-GKX/F 0.4 

BD2.-.-1250-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/34A163 4.5 BD2-GKM2/F 1.5 

BD2.-.-1250-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/2X15A163 5.5 Accessories 

BD2.-.-1250-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/3X13A101 5.7 BD2-400-SK 1.64 

BD2.-.-1250-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK.2X/S18 4.8 BD2-400-FE – 

Junction units BD2-AK.2X/S27(/FORMP) 2.94 BD2-400-BB – 

BD2.-400-L.. 1.27 BD2-AK.2X/S33(/FORMP) 2.94 BD2-400-HF – 

BD2.-400-Z.. 1.88 BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33(/FORMP) 4.57 BD2-400-HFE – 

BD2.-1000-L.. 1.27 BD2-AK.2M2/A323 5.1 BD2-400-VF – 

BD2.-1000-Z.. 1.88 BD2-AK2M2/CEE325A323 6.7 BD2-1250-EK 2.46 

BD2.-1250-L.. 1.27 BD2-AK2X/CEE635S33(/FORMP) 5.8 BD2-1250-FE – 

BD2.-1250-Z.. 1.88 BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S14 7.9 BD2-1250-BB – 

BD2.-400-T.. 2.00 BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S27(/FORMP) 6.1 BD2-1250-HF – 

BD2.-400-K.. 2.67 BD2-AK2M2/2SD163CEE165A163 6.9 BD2-1250-HFE – 

BD2.-1000-T.. 2.00 BD2-AK2M2/2CEE165A163 9.4 BD2-1250-VF – 

BD2.-1000-K.. 2.67 BD2-AK.2M2/A323N 5.1 BD2-FFE – 

BD2.-1250-T.. 2.00 BD2-AK.2M2/A633 5 BD2-FF – 

BD2.-1250-K.. 2.67 BD2-AK.2M2/A633N 5.3 BD2-FAS – 

Feeder units kWh BD2-AK2X/3BS133GB131 7.9 BD2-AK...-IP55 – 

BD2.-250-EE 3.20 BD2-AK2X/3BS133A131 5.9 BD2-400-FS. – 

BD2.-250-VE 3.00 BD2-AK.2X/GB323 7.6 BD2-1250-FS. – 

BD2.-400-EE 3.50 BD2-AK.2X/GB633 7.9 BD2-SD163 0.1 

BD2.-400-ME 3.90 BD2-AK.2X/F1451-3(N) 5.9 BD2-CEE163 0.2 

BD2.-400-VE 3.20 BD2-AK.2X/F2258-3(N) 6.1 BD2-CEE165 0.2 

BD2.-1000-EE 3.80 BD2-AK.3X/L40-3 9.79 BD2-CEE325 0.3 

BD2.-1250-EE 4.10 BD2-AK.3X/L63-3 9.79 BD2-AG – 

BD2.-1000-VE 3.60 BD2-AK.3X/L80-3 9.79 BD2-APO – 

BD2.-1250-VE 4.00 BD2-AK.3X/L100-3 9.79 BD2-APM – 

BD2-1000-ME 8.10 BD2-AK.3X/L125-3 9.79 

5 


5/21





With aluminum busbars 

5 

Version 

Special colors available on request 

Rated current 

I e 

Length Tap-off points DT Tap-off point distance 1 m 

L1, L2, L3, 1 / 2 N, 1 / 2 PE 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

A m m Type Order No. kg 

Standard lengths, with tap-off points on both sides 

With clamp terminal 160 3.25 6 1 X BD2A-1-160-SB-3 BVP:255987 1 unit 20.000 

2.25 4 1 X BD2A-1-160-SB-2 BVP:255986 1 unit 14.000 

1.25 2 1 X BD2A-1-160-SB-1 BVP:255985 1 unit 8.400 

NSV0_00507 

250 3.25 6 1 X BD2A-1-250-SB-3 BVP:255990 1 unit 21.700 

2.25 4 1 X BD2A-1-250-SB-2 BVP:255989 1 unit 16.100 





400 3.25 6 1 X BD2A-1-400-SB-3 BVP:255996 1 unit 25.300 

2.25 4 1 X BD2A-1-400-SB-2 BVP:255995 1 unit 18.500 

1.25 2 1 X BD2A-1-400-SB-1 BVP:255994 1 unit 11.600 













Standard lengths, without tap-off points 

With clamp terminal 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-1-400-SO-3 BVP:255999 1 unit 25.300 

2.25 -- -- X BD2A-1-400-SO-2 BVP:255998 1 unit 18.500 

1.25 -- -- X BD2A-1-400-SO-1 BVP:255997 1 unit 11.600 

NSV0_00508 

500 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-1-500-SO-3 BVP:256005 1 unit 37.600 

2.25 -- -- X BD2A-1-500-SO-2 BVP:256004 1 unit 28.900 











Version Type suffix Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

kg 

Fire barriers (optional) 

Fire barriers S90 X +BD2-S90-BX*-M* BVP:931956 1 unit 1.000 


For BX* specify the required dimension in meters from the center For configuring of the fire barrier see page 5/94. 

of the clamp terminal (end without clamp terminal) to the center 

of the fire wall or fire ceiling, for -M* specify the wall or ceiling 

thickness. 

5/22 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Number 

DT Tap-off point distance 0.5 m 

L1, L2, L3, N, 1 / 2 PE 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


L1, L2, L3, N, PE 

Distance 

m Type Order No. kg Type Order No. kg 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

12 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-SB-3 BVP:261410 1 unit 20.000 X BD2A-3-160-SB-3 BVP:261480 1 unit 20.000 

8 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-SB-2 BVP:260958 1 unit 14.000 X BD2A-3-160-SB-2 BVP:261479 1 unit 14.000 

4 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-SB-1 BVP:260957 1 unit 8.400 X BD2A-3-160-SB-1 BVP:261478 1 unit 8.400 

12 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-SB-3 BVP:261413 1 unit 22.200 X BD2A-3-250-SB-3 BVP:261483 1 unit 22.200 





4 0.5 X BD2A-2-315-SB-1 BVP:261414 1 unit 10.400 X BD2A-3-315-SB-1 BVP:261484 1 unit 10.400 

12 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-SB-3 BVP:261419 1 unit 26.800 X BD2A-3-400-SB-3 BVP:261489 1 unit 26.000 









12 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-SB-3 BVP:261437 1 unit 38.400 X BD2A-3-800-SB-3 BVP:261507 1 unit 39.900 





4 0.5 X BD2A-2-1000-SB-1 BVP:261441 1 unit 22.400 X BD2A-3-1000-SB-1 BVP:261511 1 unit 23.200 

-- -- X BD2A-2-400-SO-3 BVP:261422 1 unit 26.100 X BD2A-3-400-SO-3 BVP:261492 1 unit 25.300 



-- -- X BD2A-2-500-SO-3 BVP:261428 1 unit 37.600 X BD2A-3-500-SO-3 BVP:261498 1 unit 37.600 






-- -- X BD2A-2-800-SO-3 BVP:261440 1 unit 39.400 X BD2A-3-800-SO-3 BVP:261510 1 unit 40.900 






5 



5/23





Version 

Rated current 

PS* Weight 

I e 

Length Tap-off points DT Tap-off point distance 1 m 

L1, L2, L3, 1 / 2 N, 1 / 2 PE 

per unit 


approx. 


Optional lengths, with tap-off points on both sides 

With clamp terminal 160 2.26 ... 3.24 4 ... 6 1 X BD2A-1-160-WB-3W* BVP:256024 1 unit 20.000 

1.26 ... 2.24 2 ... 4 1 X BD2A-1-160-WB-2W* BVP:256025 1 unit 15.000 

250 2.26 ... 3.24 4 ... 6 1 X BD2A-1-250-WB-3W* BVP:256026 1 unit 21.700 

NSV0_00507 

1.26 ... 2.24 2 ... 4 1 X BD2A-1-250-WB-2W* BVP:256027 1 unit 16.100 



400 2.26 ... 3.24 4 ... 6 1 X BD2A-1-400-WB-3W* BVP:256030 1 unit 25.300 

1.26 ... 2.24 2 ... 4 1 X BD2A-1-400-WB-2W* BVP:256031 1 unit 18.500 









Optional lengths, without tap-off points 

With clamp terminal 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-1-400-WO-3W* BVP:256040 1 unit 25.300 

1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-1-400-WO-2W* BVP:256041 1 unit 18.500 

0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-1-400-WO-1W* BVP:256042 1 unit 11.600 

NSV0_00508 

500 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-1-500-WO-3W* BVP:256043 1 unit 45.600 

1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-1-500-WO-2W* BVP:256044 1 unit 30.900 











For W*, you must specify the required dimension in meters 

between the center of one clamp terminal to the center of the 

next, e.g. -3W2.50. 

For optional lengths, see page 5/81. 


5 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 







thickness. 

5/24 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Number 


L1, L2, L3, N, 1 / 2 PE 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


L1, L2, L3, N, PE 

Distance 

m Type Order No. kg Type Order No. kg 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-WB-3W* BVP:261447 1 unit 20.000 X BD2A-3-160-WB-3W* BVP:261517 1 unit 20.000 

4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-WB-2W* BVP:261448 1 unit 15.000 X BD2A-3-160-WB-2W* BVP:261518 1 unit 15.000 

8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-WB-3W* BVP:261449 1 unit 21.900 X BD2A-3-250-WB-3W* BVP:261519 1 unit 21.900 




8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-WB-3W* BVP:261453 1 unit 26.100 X BD2A-3-400-WB-3W* BVP:261523 1 unit 25.300 

4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-WB-2W* BVP:261454 1 unit 19.100 X BD2A-3-400-WB-2W* BVP:261524 1 unit 18.500 





8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-WB-3W* BVP:261459 1 unit 44.400 X BD2A-3-800-WB-3W* BVP:261529 1 unit 45.900 




-- -- X BD2A-2-400-WO-3W* BVP:261463 1 unit 26.100 X BD2A-3-400-WO-3W* BVP:261533 1 unit 25.300 



-- -- X BD2A-2-500-WO-3W* BVP:261466 1 unit 45.600 X BD2A-3-500-WO-3W* BVP:261536 1 unit 45.600 




-- -- X BD2A-2-630-WO-2W* BVP:261470 1 unit 30.900 X BD2A-3-630-WO-2W* BVP:261540 1 unit 30.900 


-- -- X BD2A-2-800-WO-3W* BVP:261472 1 unit 44.400 X BD2A-3-800-WO-3W* BVP:261542 1 unit 45.900 






5 



5/25




With copper busbars 

5 

Version 


Rated current 

I e 

Length Tap-off points DT Tap-off point distance 0.5 m 

L1, L2, L3, N, 1 / 2 PE 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 



With clamp terminal 160 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-SB-3 BVP:261631 1 unit 26.400 

2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-SB-2 BVP:261630 1 unit 18.400 

1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-SB-1 BVP:261629 1 unit 10.800 

NSV0_00507 

250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-SB-3 BVP:261634 1 unit 27.500 

2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-SB-2 BVP:261633 1 unit 20.100 





400 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-SB-3 BVP:261640 1 unit 33.200 

2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-SB-2 BVP:261639 1 unit 23.900 








800 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-SB-3 BVP:261658 1 unit 57.400 








1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-1250-SB-1 BVP:261668 1 unit 46.400 


With clamp terminal 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-SO-3 BVP:261643 1 unit 32.500 

2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-SO-2 BVP:261642 1 unit 23.900 


NSV0_00508 

500 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-500-SO-3 BVP:261649 1 unit 48.300 

2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-500-SO-2 BVP:261648 1 unit 36.300 





800 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-SO-3 BVP:261661 1 unit 58.400 

2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-SO-2 BVP:261660 1 unit 40.500 




1.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-SO-1 BVP:261665 1 unit 33.400 





per unit 

approx. 

kg 






thickness. 

5/26 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Rated current 

I e 


L1, L2, L3, N, PE 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 



With clamp terminal 160 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-SB-3 BVP:261712 1 unit 26.400 

2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-SB-2 BVP:261711 1 unit 18.400 

1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-SB-1 BVP:261710 1 unit 10.800 

NSV0_00507 







400 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-SB-3 BVP:261721 1 unit 34.400 



















With clamp terminal 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-SO-3 BVP:261724 1 unit 33.700 



NSV0_00508 









1.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-SO-1 BVP:261740 1 unit 27.400 







5 



5/27





Version 

Rated current 

PS* Weight 

I e 


L1, L2, L3, N, 1 / 2 PE 

per unit 


approx. 



With clamp terminal 160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-WB-3W* BVP:261674 1 unit 26.400 

1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-WB-2W* BVP:261675 1 unit 19.400 

250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-WB-3W* BVP:261676 1 unit 27.200 

NSV0_00507 

1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-WB-2W* BVP:261677 1 unit 19.900 



400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-WB-3W* BVP:261680 1 unit 32.500 

1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-WB-2W* BVP:261681 1 unit 23.400 





800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-WB-3W* BVP:261686 1 unit 63.400 







With clamp terminal 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-WO-3W* BVP:261692 1 unit 32.500 

1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-WO-2W* BVP:261693 1 unit 23.400 

0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-WO-1W* BVP:261694 1 unit 14.300 

NSV0_00508 

500 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-500-WO-3W* BVP:261695 1 unit 56.300 

1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-500-WO-2W* BVP:261696 1 unit 38.300 





800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-WO-3W* BVP:261701 1 unit 63.400 


0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-WO-1W* BVP:261703 1 unit 26.400 







For W*, you must specify the required dimension in meters 

between the center of one clamp terminal to the center of the 

next, e.g. -3W2.50. 

For optional lengths, see page 5/81. 


5 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 






thickness. 

5/28 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Rated current 

I e 


L1, L2, L3, N, PE 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 



With clamp terminal 160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-WB-3W* BVP:261755 1 unit 26.400 

1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-WB-2W* BVP:261756 1 unit 19.400 


NSV0_00507 




400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-WB-3W* BVP:261761 1 unit 33.700 

1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-WB-2W* BVP:261762 1 unit 24.200 












With clamp terminal 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-WO-3W* BVP:261773 1 unit 33.700 



NSV0_00508 
















5 



5/29






Version 

Length/ 

Optional length 

L-units (with clamp terminal) 

(fitted to Y as standard) 

Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

Y 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00428 

DT Rated current I e 

160 A, 250 A, 315 A, 400 A 

PS* 

Type Order No. kg 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2A-400-LH BVP:261793 1 unit 8.500 

X BD2A-400-LH-X* BVP:261846 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LH-Y* BVP:261847 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261848 1 unit 28.000 

Knee, front 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00429 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-400-LV BVP:261796 1 unit 8.500 

X BD2A-400-LV-X* BVP:261849 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LV-Y* BVP:261850 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261851 1 unit 28.000 

Elbow, right 

Elbow, left 

Y 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00430 

X 

NSV0_00431 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

Optional lengths: For X* and Y* you must specify the required 

dimension in meters from the center of the clamp terminal to the 

outside edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81). 


X BD2A-400-LR BVP:261795 1 unit 8.000 

X BD2A-400-LR-X* BVP:261852 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LR-Y* BVP:261853 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261854 1 unit 28.000 

X BD2A-400-LL BVP:261794 1 unit 8.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-X* BVP:261855 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-Y* BVP:261856 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261857 1 unit 28.000 

5 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 

Fire barriers for L-units (optional) 

Fire barriers S90 in X dimension X +BD2-S90-BX*-M* BVP:931956 1 unit 1.000 

Fire barriers S90 in Y dimension X +BD2-S90-BY*-M* BVP:931957 1 unit 1.000 



For BX* or BY you must specify the required dimension in meters 

from the center of the clamp terminal (for BX*: end without clamp 

terminal) to the center of the fire wall or fire ceiling, for M* specify 

the wall or ceiling thickness. 

For configuring of the fire barrier see page 5/94. 

5/30 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Length/ 




Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

Y 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00428 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A 

PS* 

Type Order kg 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2A-1000-LH BVP:261803 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LH-X* BVP:261874 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LH-Y* BVP:261875 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261876 1 unit 59.000 

Knee, front 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00429 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-1000-LV BVP:261806 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LV-X* BVP:261877 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LV-Y* BVP:261878 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261879 1 unit 59.000 

Elbow, right 

Elbow, left 

Y 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00430 

X 

NSV0_00431 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 





X BD2A-1000-LR BVP:261805 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LR-X* BVP:261880 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LR-Y* BVP:261881 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261882 1 unit 59.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL BVP:261804 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-X* BVP:261827 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-Y* BVP:261828 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261829 1 unit 59.000 

5 



5/31





Version 

Length/ 


Z-units (with clamp terminal) 


Rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

NSV0_00432 

X 



PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2A-400-ZH-Z* BVP:261814 1 unit 13.000 

X BD2A-400-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261822 1 unit 16.000 

Y 

Front 

Y 

Z 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-400-ZV-Z* BVP:261813 1 unit 13.000 

X BD2A-400-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261821 1 unit 16.000 

NSV0_00433 

X 

Right 

Y 

Z 

X 

NSV0_00434 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-400-ZR-Z* BVP:261811 1 unit 13.000 

X BD2A-400-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261819 1 unit 16.000 

Left 

Y 

Z 

NSV0_00435 

X 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-400-ZL-Z* BVP:261812 1 unit 13.000 

X BD2A-400-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261820 1 unit 16.000 



outside edge of the trunking unit, for Z* from the outer edge to 

the outer edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81). 


5 

5/32 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Length/ 




Rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

NSV0_00432 

X 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A 

PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2A-1000-ZH-Z* BVP:261818 1 unit 26.000 

X BD2A-1000-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261826 1 unit 32.000 

Y 

Front 

Y 

Z 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-1000-ZV-Z* BVP:261817 1 unit 26.000 

X BD2A-1000-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261825 1 unit 32.000 

NSV0_00433 

X 

Right 

Y 

Z 

X 

NSV0_00434 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-1000-ZR-Z* BVP:261815 1 unit 26.000 

X BD2A-1000-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261823 1 unit 32.000 

Left 

Y 

Z 

NSV0_00435 

X 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-1000-ZL-Z* BVP:261816 1 unit 26.000 

X BD2A-1000-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261824 1 unit 32.000 






5 



5/33





Version 

Length/ 


L-units (with clamp terminal), 

with engineered angle 85° ... 175° 


Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

85˚ – 75˚ 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00436 



PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2A-400-LH-G* BVP:261858 1 unit 8.000 

X BD2A-400-LH-X*-G* BVP:261859 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261860 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261861 1 unit 28.000 

Knee, front 

85˚ – 175˚ 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00437 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-400-LV-G* BVP:261862 1 unit 8.000 

X BD2A-400-LV-X*-G* BVP:261863 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261864 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261865 1 unit 28.000 

Elbow, right 

Y 

Elbow, left 

Y 

X 

85˚ – 175˚ 

NSV0_00438 

X 

85˚-175˚ 

NSV0_00439 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

Elbow: For G* you must specify the required number of degrees 

in 5° increments. 





X BD2A-400-LR-G* BVP:261866 1 unit 8.000 

X BD2A-400-LR-X*-G* BVP:261867 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261868 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261869 1 unit 28.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-G* BVP:261870 1 unit 8.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-X*-G* BVP:261871 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261872 1 unit 18.000 

X BD2A-400-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261873 1 unit 28.000 

5 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 











5/34 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Length/ 





Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

85˚ – 75˚ 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00436 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A 

PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2A-1000-LH-G* BVP:261830 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LH-X*-G* BVP:261831 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261832 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261833 1 unit 59.000 

Knee, front 

85˚ – 175˚ 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00437 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2A-1000-LV-G* BVP:261834 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LV-X*-G* BVP:261835 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261836 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261837 1 unit 59.000 

Elbow, right 

Y 

Elbow, left 

Y 

X 

85˚ – 175˚ 

NSV0_00438 

X 

85˚-175˚ 

NSV0_00439 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 







X BD2A-1000-LR-G* BVP:261838 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LR-X*-G* BVP:261839 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261840 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261841 1 unit 59.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-G* BVP:261842 1 unit 17.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-X*-G* BVP:261843 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261844 1 unit 38.000 

X BD2A-1000-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261845 1 unit 59.000 

5 



5/35





Version Length DT Rated current I e 



(with clamp terminal) 



PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

1.25 X BD2-400-R BVP:045889 1 unit 11.000 

T-units (with clamp terminal) 

Rear 0.36 X BD2A-400-TH BVP:261797 1 unit 12.800 

Front 0.36 X BD2A-400-TV BVP:261800 1 unit 12.800 

NSV0_00442 

NSV0_00441 

Right 0.36 X BD2A-400-TR BVP:261799 1 unit 12.800 

NSV0_00443 

Left 0.36 X BD2A-400-TL BVP:261798 1 unit 12.800 

NSV0_00444 

K-units (with clamp terminal) 

Front/rear 0.36 X BD2A-400-KVH BVP:261792 1 unit 15.300 

NSV0_00445 

5 

Right/left 0.36 X BD2A-400-KRL BVP:261791 1 unit 15.300 

NSV0_00446 


5/36 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 







500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A 1) PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 





1.75 1) X BD2-800-R BVP:045890 1 unit 22.000 



Rear 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TH BVP:261807 1 unit 25.000 

Front 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TV BVP:261810 1 unit 25.000 

NSV0_00442 

NSV0_00441 

Right 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TR BVP:261809 1 unit 25.000 

NSV0_00443 

Left 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TL BVP:261808 1 unit 25.000 

NSV0_00444 


Front/rear 0.36 X BD2A-1000-KVH BVP:261802 1 unit 32.000 

NSV0_00445 

5 

Right/left 0.36 X BD2A-1000-KRL BVP:261801 1 unit 32.000 

NSV0_00446 


1) BD2-800-R for use up to 800 A. 



5/37





Version 

Length/ 




Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

Y 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00428 



PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2C-400-LH BVP:261885 1 unit 15.200 

X BD2C-400-LH-X* BVP:261938 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LH-Y* BVP:261939 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261940 1 unit 48.200 

Knee, front 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00429 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-400-LV BVP:261888 1 unit 15.200 

X BD2C-400-LV-X* BVP:261941 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LV-Y* BVP:261942 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261943 1 unit 48.200 

Elbow, right 

Elbow, left 

Y 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00430 

X 

NSV0_00431 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 



outside edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81).. 


X BD2C-400-LR BVP:261887 1 unit 13.300 

X BD2C-400-LR-X* BVP:261944 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LR-Y* BVP:261945 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261946 1 unit 46.600 

X BD2C-400-LL BVP:261886 1 unit 13.300 

X BD2C-400-LL-X* BVP:261947 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LL-Y* BVP:261948 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261949 1 unit 46.600 

5 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 









5/38 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Length/ 




Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

Y 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00428 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A 

PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2C-1250-LH BVP:261895 1 unit 31.900 

X BD2C-1250-LH-X* BVP:261966 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LH-Y* BVP:261967 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261968 1 unit 112.800 

Knee, front 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00429 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-1250-LV BVP:261898 1 unit 31.900 

X BD2C-1250-LV-X* BVP:261969 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LV-Y* BVP:261970 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261971 1 unit 112.800 

Elbow, right 

Elbow, left 

Y 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00430 

X 

NSV0_00431 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 





X BD2C-1250-LR BVP:261897 1 unit 29.500 

X BD2C-1250-LR-X* BVP:261972 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LR-Y* BVP:261973 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261974 1 unit 110.500 

X BD2C-1250-LL BVP:261896 1 unit 29.500 

X BD2C-1250-LL-X* BVP:261919 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LL-Y* BVP:261920 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261921 1 unit 110.500 

5 



5/39





Version 

Length/ 




Rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

NSV0_00432 

X 



PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2C-400-ZH-Z* BVP:261906 1 unit 29.700 

X BD2C-400-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261914 1 unit 37.100 

Y 

Front 

Y 

Z 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.14 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-400-ZV-Z* BVP:261905 1 unit 29.700 

X BD2C-400-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261913 1 unit 37.100 

NSV0_00433 

X 

Right 

Y 

Z 

X 

NSV0_00434 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-400-ZR-Z* BVP:261903 1 unit 27.600 

X BD2C-400-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261911 1 unit 34.100 

Left 

Y 

Z 

NSV0_00435 

X 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 






X BD2C-400-ZL-Z* BVP:261904 1 unit 27.600 

X BD2C-400-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261912 1 unit 34.100 

5 

5/40 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Length/ 




Rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

NSV0_00432 

X 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A 

PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2C-1250-ZH-Z* BVP:261910 1 unit 67.800 

X BD2C-1250-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261918 1 unit 83.500 

Y 

Front 

Y 

Z 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.26 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-1250-ZV-Z* BVP:261909 1 unit 67.800 

X BD2C-1250-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261917 1 unit 83.500 

NSV0_00433 

X 

Right 

Y 

Z 

X 

NSV0_00434 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-1250-ZR-Z* BVP:261907 1 unit 64.300 

X BD2C-1250-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261915 1 unit 78.600 

Left 

Y 

Z 

NSV0_00435 

X 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Y0.36 ... 0.60/ 

Z0.34 ... 1.25 






X BD2C-1250-ZL-Z* BVP:261908 1 unit 64.300 

X BD2C-1250-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261916 1 unit 78.600 

5 



5/41





Version 

Length/ 





Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

85˚ – 75˚ 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00436 



PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2C-400-LH-G* BVP:261950 1 unit 14.700 

X BD2C-400-LH-X*-G* BVP:261951 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261952 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261953 1 unit 48.200 

Knee, front 

85˚ – 175˚ 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00437 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-400-LV-G* BVP:261954 1 unit 14.700 

X BD2C-400-LV-X*-G* BVP:261955 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261956 1 unit 31.500 

X BD2C-400-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261957 1 unit 48.200 

Elbow, right 

Y 

Elbow, left 

Y 

X 

85˚ – 175˚ 

NSV0_00438 

X 

85˚-175˚ 

NSV0_00439 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 







X BD2C-400-LR-G* BVP:261958 1 unit 13.300 

X BD2C-400-LR-X*-G* BVP:261959 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261960 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261961 1 unit 46.600 

X BD2C-400-LL-G* BVP:261962 1 unit 13.300 

X BD2C-400-LL-X*-G* BVP:261963 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261964 1 unit 30.100 

X BD2C-400-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261965 1 unit 46.600 

5 


per unit 

approx. 

kg 









5/42 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






Version 

Length/ 





Knee, rear 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

85˚ – 75˚ 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X 

NSV0_00436 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A 

PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2C-1250-LH-G* BVP:261922 1 unit 31.900 

X BD2C-1250-LH-X*-G* BVP:261923 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261924 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261925 1 unit 112.800 

Knee, front 

85˚ – 175˚ 

Y 

X 

NSV0_00437 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X BD2C-1250-LV-G* BVP:261926 1 unit 31.900 

X BD2C-1250-LV-X*-G* BVP:261927 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261928 1 unit 72.300 

X BD2C-1250-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261929 1 unit 112.800 

Elbow, right 

Y 

Elbow, left 

Y 

X 

85˚ – 175˚ 

NSV0_00438 

X 

85˚-175˚ 

NSV0_00439 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 

X0.36/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 

X0.36 ... 1.25/ 

Y0.36 ... 1.25 







X BD2C-1250-LR-G* BVP:261930 1 unit 29.500 

X BD2C-1250-LR-X*-G* BVP:261931 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261932 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261933 1 unit 110.500 

X BD2C-1250-LL-G* BVP:261934 1 unit 29.500 

X BD2C-1250-LL-X*-G* BVP:261935 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261936 1 unit 70.000 

X BD2C-1250-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261937 1 unit 110.500 

5 



5/43











PS* 


Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

1.25 X BD2-400-R BVP:045889 1 unit 11.000 


Rear 0.36 X BD2C-400-TH BVP:261889 1 unit 21.900 

Front 0.36 X BD2C-400-TV BVP:261892 1 unit 21.900 

NSV0_00442 

NSV0_00441 

Right 0.36 X BD2C-400-TR BVP:261891 1 unit 16.700 

NSV0_00443 

Left 0.36 X BD2C-400-TL BVP:261890 1 unit 16.700 

NSV0_00444 


Front/rear 0.36 X BD2C-400-KVH BVP:261884 1 unit 27.100 

NSV0_00445 

5 

Right/left 0.36 X BD2C-400-KRL BVP:261883 1 unit 20.300 

NSV0_00446 


5/44 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 







500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A 1) PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 





1.75 1) X BD2-800-R BVP:045890 1 unit 22.000 



Rear 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TH BVP:261899 1 unit 49.300 

Front 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TV BVP:261902 1 unit 49.300 

NSV0_00442 

NSV0_00441 

Right 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TR BVP:261901 1 unit 37.700 

NSV0_00443 

Left 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TL BVP:261900 1 unit 37.700 

NSV0_00444 


Front/rear 0.36 X BD2C-1250-KVH BVP:261894 1 unit 63.100 

NSV0_00445 

5 

Right/left 0.36 X BD2C-1250-KRL BVP:261893 1 unit 47.900 

NSV0_00446 


1) BD2-800-R for use up to 800 A. 



5/45



Feeder units 


Version 

Feeder units 

End feeder units without clamp terminal 

Bolt terminal (bolt included as standard); 

PE position can be changed 

Cable entry for multi-core cables from the 

front 


160 A, 250 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

DT 

Rated current I e 


Type Order No. kg Type Order No. kg 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

NSV0_00422 

•Aluminum X BD2A-250-EE BVP:261993 1 unit 6.600 X BD2A-400-EE BVP:261995 1 unit 13.300 

• Copper X BD2C-250-EE BVP:262001 1 unit 8.900 X BD2C-400-EE BVP:262003 1 unit 16.300 

With cable entry plate 1) 

Cable entry for single-core cables from the 

front 

NSV0_00426 

•Aluminum X BD2A-250-EE- 

EBAL 

• Copper X BD2C-250-EE- 

EBAL 

With cabling box 

Cable entry for multi-core cables from 2 sides 

BVP:611093 1 unit 6.600 X BD2A-400-EE- 

EBAL 

BVP:611094 1 unit 8.900 X BD2C-400-EE- 

EBAL 

BVP:611097 1 unit 13.300 

BVP:611098 1 unit 16.300 

NSV0_00425 

5 

•Aluminum -- X BD2A-400-EE- 

KR 

• Copper -- X BD2C-400-EE- 

KR 

With cabling box and cable entry plate 1) 

Cable entry for single-core cables from 

2sides 

•Aluminum -- X BD2A-400-EE- 

KR-EBAL 

• Copper -- X BD2C-400-EE- 

KR-EBAL 

Accessories for cable entry, see page 5/69. 

1) Single-core cable entry plate, undrilled. 

BVP:611095 1 unit 16.500 

BVP:611096 1 unit 19.500 

BVP:611099 1 unit 16.500 

BVP:611100 1 unit 19.500 

5/46 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Feeder units 

Version 

Feeder units 

End feeder units without clamp terminal 



Cable entry for multi-core cables from the 

front 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

DT 


1250 A 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

NSV0_00422 

•Aluminum X BD2A-1000-EE BVP:261998 1 unit 14.900 – 

• Copper X BD2C-1000-EE BVP:262006 1 unit 22.100 X BD2C-1250-EE BVP:262009 1 unit 27.100 


Cable entry for single-core cables from the 

front 

NSV0_00426 


EBAL 


EBAL 

With cabling box 


BVP:611103 1 unit 14.900 – 

BVP:611104 1 unit 22.100 X BD2C-1250-EE- 

EBAL 

BVP:611108 1 unit 27.100 

NSV0_00425 


KR 


KR 

With cabling box and cable entry plate 1) 


2sides 


KR-EBAL 


KR-EBAL 

BVP:611101 1 unit 19.900 – 


KR 

BVP:611105 1 unit 19.900 – 


KR-EBAL 

BVP:611107 1 unit 32.100 

BVP:611109 1 unit 32.100 

5 





5/47



Feeder units 

Version 

Feeder units 

Distribution board feeder units without 

clamp terminal 




160 A, 250 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

DT 




PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

•Aluminum X BD2A-250-VE BVP:261994 1 unit 2.100 X BD2A-400-VE BVP:261996 1 unit 3.500 

• Copper X BD2C-250-VE BVP:262002 1 unit 4.400 X BD2C-400-VE BVP:262004 1 unit 6.500 

Center feeder units without clamp terminal 


edgewise, flat and PE positions can be 

changed (by rotating the whole busbar 

section) 


NSV0_00424 

NSV0_00423 

•Aluminum – X BD2A-400-ME BVP:261997 1 unit 28.000 

• Copper – X BD2C-400-ME BVP:262005 1 unit 36.600 



3sides 

NSV0_00427 

5 

•Aluminum – X BD2A-400-ME- 

MBAL 

• Copper – X BD2C-400-ME- 

MBAL 



BVP:611110 1 unit 28.000 

BVP:611111 1 unit 36.600 

5/48 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Feeder units 

Version 

Feeder units 

Distribution board feeder units without 

clamp terminal 




500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

DT 


1250 A 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

•Aluminum X BD2A-1000-VE BVP:261999 1 unit 4.700 – 

• Copper X BD2C-1000-VE BVP:262007 1 unit 11.800 X BD2C-1250-VE BVP:262010 1 unit 16.300 

Center feeder units without clamp terminal 


edgewise, flat and PE positions can be 

changed (by rotating the whole busbar 

section) 


NSV0_00424 

NSV0_00423 

•Aluminum X BD2A-1000-ME BVP:262000 1 unit 47.000 – 

• Copper X BD2C-1000-ME BVP:262008 1 unit 75.500 – 



3sides 

NSV0_00427 

•Aluminum X BD2A-1000-ME- 

MBAL 

• Copper X BD2C-1000-ME- 

MBAL 



BVP:611112 1 unit 47.000 – 

BVP:611113 1 unit 75.500 – 

5 



5/49





Version Fuse base Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 

Molded-plastic enclosures, size 1, up to 25 A 


• Without socket outlet 3 × D02 25 400 X BD2-AK1/S18 BVP:047112 1 unit 1.150 

3 × D01 16 400 X BD2-AK1/S14 BVP:047113 1 unit 1.100 

NSV0_00447 

• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 3-pole, 16 A 2 × D01 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

2CEE163S14 

BVP:047167 1 unit 1.200 

NSV0_00449 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 16 A 3 × D01 16 400 X BD2-AK1/ 

CEE165S14 

BVP:047230 1 unit 1.200 

NSV0_00450 

• With 3 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 3 × D01 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

3SD163S14 


NSV0_00453 

M25 cable grommet included as standard. 

Gauge screws, fuse links and screw caps are not included as 

standard. 


standard). 

5 

5/50 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 





Version 

Miniature circuitbreaker 


With miniature circuit-breaker 

• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 16 A, 


Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 

16 400 X BD2-AK1/A163 BVP:047146 1 unit 1.400 

NSV0_00448 

• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 3-pole, 16 A 2 × 1-pole, 16 A, 


16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

2CEE163A161 


NSV0_00451 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 16 A 3-pole, 16 A, 


16 400 X BD2-AK1/ 

CEE165A163 

BVP:047283 1 unit 1.500 

NSV0_00452 

• With 3 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 3 × 1-pole, 16 A, 


16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

3SD163A161 

BVP:047335 1 unit 1.300 

NSV0_00454 



standard). 

5 



5/51

NSV0_00456 

NSV0_00455 




Version 

Fuse base/ miniature 

circuit-breaker 

Rated current 

I e 

Special colors available on request. 


standard. 


standard). 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 

Sheet-steel enclosures, size 02, up to 63 A 


3-pole fuse base D02 63 400 X BD2-AK02X/S18 BVP:262438 1 unit 4.140 

3-pole fuse base S27, 25 500 X BD2-AK02X/S27 BVP:262439 1 unit 3.940 

with gauge screw system 

3-pole fuse base S33, 63 500 X BD2-AK02X/S33 BVP:262450 1 unit 4.200 

with gauge screw system 

3-pole fuse base SP38 

for cylindrical fuses 

10 mm × 38 mm 

25 400 X BD2-AK02X/ 

F1038-3 

BVP:262469 1 unit 5.500 




10 mm × 38 mm 



14 mm × 51 mm 



14 mm × 51 mm 



22 mm × 58 mm 



22 mm × 58 mm 

3-pole, 32 A, 


3-pole + N, 32 A, 


3-pole, 63 A, 


3-pole + N, 63 A, 



F1038-3N 


F1451-3 


F1451-3N 


F2258-3 


F2258-3N 

BVP:262470 1 unit 5.500 

BVP:262471 1 unit 5.500 

BVP:262472 1 unit 5.500 

BVP:262473 1 unit 5.700 

BVP:262474 1 unit 5.700 

32 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A323 BVP:262451 1 unit 4.380 

32 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A323N BVP:262452 1 unit 4.800 


63 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A633N BVP:262454 1 unit 5.200 

5 

5/52 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00460 

NSV0_00459 

NSV0_00458 

NSV0_00457 




Version Fuse base Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 



• Without socket outlet 3-pole fuse base D02 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/S18 BVP:203135 1 unit 4.140 

3-pole fuse base S27 25 500 X BD2-AK2X/S27 BVP:203136 1 unit 3.940 

3-pole fuse base S27, 25 500 X BD2-AK2X/ 

BVP:203137 1 unit 4.000 

with gauge screw 

system 

S27/FORMP 

3-pole fuse base S33 63 500 X BD2-AK2X/S33 BVP:203138 1 unit 4.200 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 

32 A 

3-pole fuse base S33, 


system 

63 500 X BD2-AK2X/ 

S33/FORMP 

3-pole fuse base S33 32 400 X BD2-AK2X/ 

CEE325S33 



system 


CEE325S33/FORMP 

BVP:203140 1 unit 4.120 

BVP:203142 1 unit 5.100 

BVP:203143 1 unit 5.020 

• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 

5-pole, 63 A 

3-pole fuse base S33 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/ 

CEE635S33 



system 


CEE635S33/FORMP 

BVP:203146 1 unit 5.680 

BVP:203147 1 unit 5.640 

With 2 CEE socket outlets, 5-pole, 

16 A 

2 × 3-pole fuse base 

D01 

2 × 3-pole fuse base 

S27, with gauge screw 

system 

16 400 X BD2- 

AK2X/2CEE165S14 

BVP:203148 1 unit 4.800 


BVP:203149 1 unit 4.900 

2CEE165S27/FORMP 



standard. 


standard). 

5 



5/53

NSV0_00472 

NSV0_00471 

NSV0_00464 

NSV0_00463 

NSV0_00462 

NSV0_00461 




Version Miniature circuit-breaker / 

fuse base / 

switch-disconnector 





Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 



32 A 

3-pole, 32 A, 


32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

CEE325A323 

BVP:207986 1 unit 4.900 


16 A and 2 Schuko socket outlets 

16 A 

3-pole, 16 A, characteristic 

B and 2 × 1-pole, 

16 A, characteristic B 

16 230 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

2SD163CEE165A163 

BVP:203150 1 unit 5.600 

• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 5-pole, 

16 A 

2 × 3-pole, 16 A, 



2CEE165A163 




LV HRC fuse base, 

size 00; 

bolt terminal 

125 690 X BD2-AK3X/GS00 BVP:203162 1 unit 5.400 

With fuse switch-disconnector 

LV HRC fuse 

switch-disconnector, 

size 00; 

bolt terminal 

125 690 X BD2-AK3X/GSTZ00 BVP:203163 1 unit 6.960 

5 



standard). 

5/54 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00468 

NSV0_00467 

NSV0_00465 

NSV0_00465 




Version Protective device Rated current 

I e 



Bolt terminal 



22 mm × 58 mm 



22 mm × 58 mm 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 

125 690 X BD2-AK03X/ 

F2258-3 

125 690 X BD2-AK03X/ 

F2258-3N 

BVP:262497 1 unit 7.500 

BVP:262498 1 unit 7.500 


LV HRC fuse 

switch-disconnector, 

size 00; 

bolt terminal 

125 690 X BD2-AK03X/ 

GSTA00 

BVP:262496 1 unit 6.960 


With miniature circuit-breaker 3-pole, 125 A, 


3-pole + N, 125 A, 


Bolt terminal 

3-pole, IEC 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

FS125IEC-3 

3-pole, BS 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

FS125BS-3 

4-pole, IEC 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

FS125IEC-4 

4-pole, BS 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

FS125BS-4 


A1253 


A1253N 



BVP:262501 1 unit 8.280 

BVP:262502 1 unit 8.280 

BVP:262485 1 unit 5.800 

BVP:262486 1 unit 6.000 




standard). 

5 



5/55

NSV0_00470 

NSV0_00469 




Version Circuit-breakers Rated current 

I e 



standard). 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 


With circuit-breaker, 

normal switching capacity, 

box terminals 

• With toggle lever 

3-pole 

NZMN1-A40 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/L40-3 BVP:262489 1 unit 7.780 

NZMN1-A63 63 400 X BD2-AK03X/L63-3 BVP:262490 1 unit 7.780 

NZMN1-A80 80 400 X BD2-AK03X/L80-3 BVP:262491 1 unit 7.840 



4-pole 

NZMN1-4-A40 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/L40-4 BVP:283391 1 unit 8.480 

NZMN1-4-A63 63 400 X BD2-AK03X/L63-4 BVP:283392 1 unit 8.480 

NZMN1-4-A80 80 400 X BD2-AK03X/L80-4 BVP:283393 1 unit 8.540 



• With rotary operating mechanism 3-pole 

NZMN1-A40 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:611073 1 unit 8.300 

L40-3-LDOG 

NZMN1-A63 63 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:611074 1 unit 8.300 

L63-3-LDOG 


L80-3-LDOG 


L100-3-LDOG 


L125-3-LDOG 

4-pole 

NZMN1-4-A40 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:611078 1 unit 9.000 

L40-4-LDOG 

NZMN1-4-A63 63 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:611079 1 unit 9.000 

L63-4-LDOG 


L80-4-LDOG 


L100-4-LDOG 

NZMN1-4-A125 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

L125-4-LDOG 

BVP:611082 1 unit 9.000 

5 

5/56 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00470 

NSV0_00470 

NSV0_00470 





I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 




with rotary operating mechanism, 

box terminals 

• With thermal-magnetic release 3-pole 

3VL27 05 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610402 1 unit 8.500 

LSD-DC40-N 

3VL27 06 63 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610403 1 unit 8.500 

LSD-DC63-N 


LSD-DC80-N 


LSD-DC100-N 


LSD-DC125-N 

• With solid-state release, selective 3-pole 


LSD-AE63-N 

3VL27 10 100 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

LSD-AE100-N 

BVP:610408 1 unit 8.500 

• With thermal-magnetic release, 

selective (N release 100 %) 



standard). 

4-pole 

3VL27 05 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/ 

LSD-EM40-N 


LSD-EM63-N 


LSD-EM80-N 


LSD-EM100-N 


LSD-EM125-N 

BVP:610397 1 unit 9.000 

BVP:610398 1 unit 9.000 

BVP:610399 1 unit 9.000 



5 



5/57





I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 

Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04, 05 and 06, up to 530 A 



with rotary operating mechanism, 

bolt terminals 


3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610424 1 unit 30.000 

LSD-DC160-N 

3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610430 1 unit 30.000 

LSD-DC200-N 


LSD-DC250-N 

3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610442 1 unit 35.000 

LSD-DC400-N 

3VL5763 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ 

LSD-DC630-N 

BVP:610448 1 unit 40.000 

NSV0_01011 

• With solid-state release, selective 

NSV0_01011 



3-pole 

3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ 

LSD-AE160-N 

3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ 

LSD-AE200-N 


LSD-AE250-N 

3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ 

LSD-AE400-N 


LSD-AE630-N 

4-pole 


LSD-EC160-N 


LSD-EC200-N 


LSD-EC250-N 


LSD-EC400-N 


LSD-EC630-N 

BVP:610428 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610434 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610440 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610446 1 unit 35.000 


BVP:610426 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610432 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610438 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610444 1 unit 35.000 


NSV0_01011 

5 



standard). 

For BD2-AK04, -AK05 and -AK06, the KT3 or KT4 cable 

grommet is included as standard. 

The tap-off units, size 05 and 06, are suitable only for systems 

500 A to 1250 A. 

5/58 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 






I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 




with motorized operating mechanism, 

bolt terminals 


3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610425 1 unit 30.000 

LSM-DC160-N 


LSM-DC200-N 


LSM-DC250-N 

3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610443 1 unit 35.000 

LSM-DC400-N 


LSM-DC630-N 


NSV0_01012 

• With solid-state release, selective 

NSV0_01012 



3-pole 


LSM-AE160-N 


LSM-AE200-N 


LSM-AE250-N 


LSM-AE400-N 


LSM-AE630-N 

4-pole 


LSM-EC160-N 


LSM-EC200-N 


LSM-EC250-N 


LSM-EC400-N 


LSM-EC630-N 

BVP:610429 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610435 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610441 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610447 1 unit 35.000 


BVP:610427 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610433 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610439 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610445 1 unit 35.000 


NSV0_01012 



standard). 




500 A to 1250 A. 

5 



5/59




Version 

Fuse base/ fuse 

switch-disconnector 

Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 


With fuse base, 3-pole, 

NH1 250 690 X BD2-AK04/SNH1 BVP:610421 1 unit 30.000 

bolt terminal 

NH2 400 690 X BD2-AK05/SNH2 BVP:610422 1 unit 35.000 

NH3 630 690 X BD2-AK06/SNH3 BVP:610423 1 unit 40.000 

NSV0_01010 

Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04 and 05, up to 400 A 

With fuse switch-disconnector, 

bolt terminal 

• 3-pole NH1, IEC 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ 

FS250IEC-3 

NH1, BS 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ 

FS250BS-3 

NH2, IEC 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ 

FS400IEC-3 

NH2, BS 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ 

FS400BS-3 


BVP:610411 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610413 1 unit 35.000 

BVP:610415 1 unit 35.000 

NSV0_01013 

• 4-pole NH1, IEC 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ 

FS250IEC-4 

NH1, BS 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ 

FS250BS-4 

NH2, IEC 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ 

FS400IEC-4 

NH2, BS 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ 

FS400BS-4 

BVP:610410 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610412 1 unit 30.000 

BVP:610414 1 unit 35.000 

BVP:610416 1 unit 35.000 

NSV0_01013 

5 




standard). 




500 A to 1250 A. 

5/60 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00485 

NSV0_00484 





Version Can be used for Max. power 

loss P v 

Sheet-steel enclosures 

Ancillary equipment units, 

freely assignable, 

built-in standard mounting rail 

for 8 MW (MW = modular width) 


• Remote control/ 

remote switching 


• Electronic control 

equipment 

• Fuse base 

• Miniature circuit-breaker 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

W V kg 

30 400 X BD2-GKX/F BVP:203165 1 unit 2.800 

Sheet-steel enclosures with mounting unit 

Ancillary equipment units, 

freely assignable 

Built-in standard mounting rail 

for 8 MW (MW = modular width) 

• Remote control/ 

remote switching 


• Electronic control 

equipment 

• Miniature circuit-breaker 

30 400 X BD2-GKM2/F BVP:203166 1 unit 2.500 


Including sundries for connecting the enclosures. 


standard). 

5 



5/61

NSV0_00461 



Tap-off units for Belgium 


Version 

Miniature circuit-breaker Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 


With miniature circuit-breaker Characteristic C 

• Without socket outlet 1-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/A161/1 BVP:203195 1 unit 1.100 

2-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/A162 BVP:203170 1 unit 1.200 

3-pole + N, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK1/A163N BVP:203171 1 unit 1.400 



3-pole, 20 A 20 400 X BD2-AK1/A203 BVP:203175 1 unit 1.300 

3-pole + N, 20 A 20 400 X BD2-AK1/A203N BVP:203176 1 unit 1.400 

NSV0_00448 

• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 3-pole, 

16 A 

2 × 2-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

2CEE163A162 

BVP:203172 1 unit 1.500 

NSV0_00451 

• With 2 socket outlets, 3-pole, 16 A 2 × 2-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

2PC163A162 

BVP:203177 1 unit 1.500 

NSV0_00477 



• Without socket outlet 3-pole + N, 32 A 32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A323N BVP:203178 1 unit 4.800 

3-pole, 63 A 63 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A633 BVP:203179 1 unit 5.100 

3-pole + N, 63 A 63 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A633N BVP:203180 1 unit 5.200 

For BD2-AK1/..., the M25 cable grommet is included as 

standard. 

For BD2-AK2M2/... Special colors available on request. 


standard). 

5 

5/62 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Tap-off units for Denmark 


Version 



Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 



• With 3 socket outlets 10 A 3 × D01 13 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

3DKS103S14 

BVP:203167 1 unit 1.200 

NSV0_00453 


• With 3 socket outlets 10 A 3 × 1-pole, 13 A, 


13 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

3DKS103A131 

BVP:203168 1 unit 1.200 

NSV0_00454 

Fuse links and screw caps are not included as standard. 

5 



5/63

NSV0_00457 



Tap-off units for France 


Version 





• Without socket outlet 



10 mm × 38 mm 



10 mm × 38 mm 

NSV0_00448 

Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 

25 400 X BD2-AK1/F1038-3 BVP:203189 1 unit 1.100 

25 400 X BD2-AK1/F1038-3-N BVP:203190 1 unit 1.200 




+ 2-pole residualcurrent 

protective 

module 40 A/30 mA 

NSV0_00448 

16 230 X BD2-AK1/FI40-162 BVP:214822 1 unit 1.600 



• Without socket outlet 



14 mm × 51 mm 



22 mm × 58 mm 

32 400 X BD2-AK2X/F1451-3 BVP:203192 1 unit 5.500 

63 400 X BD2-AK2X/F2258-3 BVP:203193 1 unit 5.700 

For BD2-AK1/..., the M25 cable grommet is included as 

standard. 

For BD2-AK2X/... special colors available on request. 



standard). 

5 

5/64 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00465 

NSV0_00455 

NSV0_00471 

NSV0_00479 

NSV0_00478 

NSV0_00457 



Tap-off units for Great Britain 


Version 



Rated current 

I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 



• Without socket outlet 3 × CM32F 32 400 X BD2-AK2X/GB323 BVP:203236 1 unit 5.500 

1 × CM32F, L1 32 230 X BD2-AK2X/GB321L1 BVP:611128 1 unit 4.600 



3 × CM63F 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/GB633 BVP:203237 1 unit 5.600 




• With 3 socket outlets BS1363, 

13 A 

3 × CM32F 13 230 X BD2-AK2X/ 

3BS133GB131 



• With 3 socket outlets BS1363, 

13 A 

3 × 1-pole, 13 A, 


13 230 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

3BS133A131 

BVP:203182 1 unit 5.600 

Sheet-steel enclosures, size 3, 100 A 
















Sheet-steel enclosures, size 03, 100 A 






3 × R100 100 400 X BD2-AK03X/TPNR1003 BVP:611124 1 unit 7.800 

1 × R100, L1 100 230 X BD2-AK03X/ 

BVP:611125 1 unit 6.200 

SPNR1001L1 

1 × R100, L2 100 230 X BD2-AK03X/ 

BVP:611126 1 unit 6.200 

SPNR1001L2 

1 × R100, L3 100 230 X BD2-AK03X/ 

SPNR1001L3 

BVP:611127 1 unit 6.200 




standard). 

5 



5/65





Version 


I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 



• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 13 A 13 400 X BD2-AK1/133 BVP:611330 1 unit 1.100 

NSV0_00448 

• With 3 socket outlets type 23, 16 A 3 × 1-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

3T23-3A161 

BVP:611322 1 unit 1.600 

NSV0_00480 

• With 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A 3-pole, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK1/T25-A163 BVP:611324 1 unit 1.400 

NSV0_00481 


and RCCB 

• With 2 socket outlets type 23, 16 A 

NSV0_00509 

Characteristic C 

2 × 1-pole, 16 A 

2-pole residual-current 

protective module 

25 A/30 mA 

16 230 X BD2-AK1/ 

2T23-FI252-2A161 

BVP:611323 1 unit 1.800 



standard). 

5 

5/66 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00462 

NSV0_00464 

NSV0_00464 

NSV0_00464 

NSV0_00464 

NSV0_00461 




Version 


I e 



U e approx. 

voltage 

per 

unit 

A V kg 



• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 25 A 25 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A253 BVP:611331 1 unit 4.600 

3-pole, 40 A 40 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A403 BVP:611332 1 unit 4.600 

3-pole, 63 A 63 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A633 BVP:611333 1 unit 4.900 

• With 1 socket outlet type 23, 16 A and 

1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 16 A 

1-pole, 16 A; 

3-pole, 16 A 

16 230, 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

T23-A161/ 

CEE165-A163 




2 × 3-pole, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

T25-CEE165-2A163 

BVP:611327 1 unit 5.700 



1-pole, 16 A; 

3-pole, 32 A 

16, 32 230, 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

T23-A161/ 

CEE325-A323 

BVP:611328 1 unit 5.500 



3-pole, 16 A; 

3-pole, 32 A 

16, 32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ 

T25-A163/ 

CEE325-A323 

BVP:611329 1 unit 5.700 

With miniature circuit-breaker and 

RCCB 

• With 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A 

Characteristic C 

3-pole, 16 A 

4-pole residual-current 

protective module 

25 A/30 mA 


T25-FI254-A163 

BVP:611325 1 unit 4.900 

5 




5/67

NSV0_00489 

NSV0_00488 

NSV0_00487 

NSV0_00486 

NSV0_00492 

NSV0_00491 

NSV0_00490 



Accessories 


Version 


160 A, 250 A, 

315 A, 400 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 

1000 A, 1250 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


Fixing 

Clamp terminals X BD2-400-SK BVP:203516 1 unit 3.500 X BD2-1250-EK BVP:261989 1 unit 6.480 

End flanges X BD2-400-FE BVP:043977 1 unit 0.980 X BD2-1250-FE BVP:261990 1 unit 1.280 


for flat and edgewise installation 

X BD2-400-BB BVP:045154 1 unit 0.440 X BD2-1250-BB BVP:261987 1 unit 0.540 

Spacers 

for 40 mm spacing, 

for use with fixing bracket 

X BD2-DSB BVP:203532 10 units 0.030 X BD2-DSB BVP:203532 10 units 0.030 

Spacer brackets 

for wall and ceiling mounting, 

for use with fixing bracket 

X BD2-BD BVP:034228 1 unit 0.440 X BD2-BD BVP:034228 1 unit 0.440 

Retaining elements 

for vertical busbar runs 

• Wall mounting, 

distance from wall adjustable 

X BD2-BWV BVP:045503 1 unit 1.560 X BD2-BWV BVP:045503 1 unit 1.560 

5 

• Ceiling mounting X BD2-BDV BVP:045504 1 unit 4.500 X BD2-BDV BVP:045504 1 unit 4.500 

5/68 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 


NSV0_00494 

NSV0_00493 



Accessories 

Version 

Fixing 


for vertical wall mounting 

at each connecting flange 




PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 

1000 A, 1250 A 


PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

X BD2-BVF BVP:203531 1 unit 0.500 X BD2-BVF BVP:203531 1 unit 0.500 

Cable entry 

Protective sleeves X BD2-400-D BVP:045505 1 unit 4.000 X BD2-1250-D BVP:261988 1 unit 4.000 

Cable entry plates 

for single-core cable entry, undrilled 

(drilling template included) 

NSV0_00495 

• For use with 250 A end feeder units X BD2-250-EBAL BVP:203530 1 unit 0.300 -- 

• For use with end feeder units or 

cabling boxes 

- up to 400 A or 1000 A X BD2-400-EBAL BVP:045507 1 unit 0.500 X BD2-1000-EBAL BVP:261976 1 unit 1.000 

- for 1250 A -- X BD2-1250-EBAL BVP:261982 1 unit 2.660 

• For use with center feeder units 

- up to 400 A or 1000 A X BD2-400-MBAL BVP:045509 1 unit 0.500 X BD2-1000-MBAL BVP:261980 1 unit 1.000 

Cabling boxes, 

cable entry for multi-core cables from 

2 sides, for use with feeder units 

NSV0_00425 

• Up to 400 A or 1000 A X BD2-400-KR BVP:045511 1 unit 3.100 X BD2-1000-KR BVP:261978 1 unit 5.000 

• For 1250 A -- X BD2-1250-KR BVP:261984 1 unit 5.000 

5 



5/69



Accessories 

Version 




PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 

1000 A, 1250 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


Flanges for IP54 degree of protection 


• At all connection points X BD2-400-HF BVP:045513 1 unit 0.300 X BD2-1250-HF BVP:261991 1 unit 0.520 

NSV0_00496 

• At end flanges X BD2-400-HFE BVP:045515 1 unit 0.180 X BD2-1250-HFE BVP:261992 1 unit 0.260 

NSV0_00497 


• At all connection points X BD2-FF BVP:045517 1 unit 0.600 X BD2-FF BVP:045517 1 unit 0.600 

NSV0_00498 

• At end flanges X BD2-FFE BVP:045518 1 unit 0.320 X BD2-FFE BVP:045518 1 unit 0.320 

NSV0_00499 

• At top tap-off points X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 


• At all connection points X BD2-400-VF BVP:045520 1 unit 0.200 X BD2-1250-VF BVP:262125 1 unit 0.500 

• At all tap-off points X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 

NSV0_00500 

NSV0_00501 

NSV0_00500 

5 

5/70 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 




Accessories 

Version 




PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

DT 


500 A, 630 A, 800 A, 

1000 A, 1250 A 

PS* 

Weight 

per unit 

approx. 


Flanges for degree of protection IP55 

Flanges for IP55 

• At all connection points X BD2-400-FS BVP:610369 1 unit 1.700 X BD2-1250-FS BVP:610370 1 unit 2.100 

NSV0_01015 

• At end flanges X BD2-400-FSE BVP:610371 1 unit 1.900 X BD2-1250-FSE BVP:610372 1 unit 2.600 

NSV0_01015 

• At tap-off points X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 

NSV0_00500 

Version For tap-off unit DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

Type 

kg 


Seals for tap-off units 

BD2-AK1/... X BD2-AK1-IP55 BVP:610373 1 unit 0.030 

NSV0_01016 

NSV0_01017 

BD2-AK02X/... X BD2-AK02X-IP55 BVP:610374 1 unit 0.040 

BD2-AK03X/... X BD2-AK03X-IP55 BVP:610375 1 unit 0.040 

BD2-AK2X/... X BD2-AK2X-IP55 BVP:611061 1 unit 0.070 

BD2-AK3X/... X BD2-AK3X-IP55 BVP:611062 1 unit 0.070 




5 

NSV0_01018 



5/71



Accessories 

Version Socket outlet DT Type Order No. PS* Weight 

per unit 

approx. 

kg 

Socket outlets for tap-off units and ancillary equipment units 

Socket outlets 

with adapter enclosure, with wiring, with fixing kit 

• Schuko socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole X BD2-SD163 BVP:203253 1 unit 0.280 

• CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole X BD2-CEE163 BVP:203254 1 unit 0.260 

16 A, 5-pole X BD2-CEE165 BVP:203255 1 unit 0.310 

NSV0_00503 

32 A, 5-pole X BD2-CEE325 BVP:203256 1 unit 0.350 

Adapter enclosures 

for socket outlets with fixing kit 

X BD2-AG BVP:203257 1 unit 0.150 

Adapter plates 

for use with adapter enclosure 

• For customized socket outlet cut-outs X BD2-APO BVP:203258 1 unit 0.090 

• With socket outlet cut-out, 44 mm diameter X BD2-APM BVP:203259 1 unit 0.060 

NSV0_00506 

NSV0_00505 

NSV0_00504 

NSV0_00502 

5 

5/72 Siemens LV 70 · 2006 





■ Overview 



... m Busbar trunking system (see Appendix for diagram) 





• Rated insulation voltage U i = 690 V AC, 800 V DC; 





• Degree of protection IP52, increase to IP54 or IP55 with accessories 

• 5-conductor system: L1, L2, L3, N, PE 

• Busbars: nickel-plated and tinned aluminum or tinned copper; 

supported by insulated busbar supports 

• Tested for sprinkler systems (with additional parts) 

• Halogen free system 

• Functional endurance E30, E90 (with additional parts) 

• Trunking units sheet steel-enclosed, galvanized and with paint finish; 

light gray RAL 7035 

• Busbar connection via clamp terminal with built-in expansion compensation 

• Tap-off points: on both sides at 0.5 m intervals; offset by 0.25 m to one 

another and every 1 m; offset by 0.5 m to one another 



• Type BD2-... 

Comprising: 

5 


5/73




Key to type references for BD2 for various conductor 

versions 

BD2 . - . - ... - ... - ... 

Sizes of the trunking units (cross-sections) 

System size 1 System size 2 

BD2 . - ... - ... - ... 

(Details of length) 

(Type length) 

Current [A] 

Aluminum Copper 

160 160 

250 250 

315 315 

400 400 

500 500 

630 630 

800 800 

1000 1000 

1250 

1: L1, L2, L3, 1/2 N, 1/2 PE; 6 tap-off points (only 

BD2A system) 

2: L1, L2, L3, 1/1 N, 1/2 PE; 12 tap-off points 

3: L1, L2, L3, 1/1 N, 1/1 PE; 12 tap-off points 

(N-conductor with 150 or 200 percent 

cross-section on request) 

A: Aluminum 

C: Copper 

½N L1 L2 L3 ½PE 

68 

167 


BD2A-2, BD2C-2 trunking units 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

NSV0_00082 

½N L1 L2 L3 ½PE 

167 167 

160 ... 400 A 500 ... 1250 A 

BD2A-1 trunking units 



167 


68 

68 

NSV0_00086 

NSV0_00084 

167 

500 ... 1250 A 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

167 

500 ... 1250 A 

126 

126 

126 

(Length details with junction unit) 

BD2A-3, BD2C-3 trunking units, 

junction units, BD2A-..., BD2C-... feeder units 

(Type junction unit, feeder unit) 

Current [A] 

Aluminum Copper 

250 1) 250 1) 

400 400 

1000 1000 1) 

1250 

5 

A: Aluminum 

C: Copper 

Busbars System size 1 System size 2 

System accessories 



Feeder units 

Feeder units 

Tap-off units 

Coupling units (on request) 

Accessories 

Molded-plastic enclosure 

up to 25 A 

With circuit-breaker up to 250 A 

With fuse up to 250 A 

Coupling units (on request) 

Accessories 

Molded-plastic enclosure 

up to 25 A 





5/74 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




■ Design 

Notes on supporting structures 

Examples for mounting flat runs 

Structures made from standard materials. 

Manufacturer: Rieth & Co, Kirchheim-Teck, 

Tel. +49 (0) 7021 977-0. 

All struts and beams are designed for mounting without a 

BD2-...-BB fixing bracket. 

L 

Examples for mounting edgewise runs 

L 

NSV0_00162 

L 

500 mm 

500 mm L 2000 mm 

L 

L 

NSV0_00157 

C strut with accessories (left) and double-C strut (right) 

Length L in 100 mm increments 

B 

L 500 mm L 500 mm 

C strut with accessories (left) and double-C strut (right) 

Length L in 100 mm increments 

L 

NSV0_00164 

L 2500 mm 

100 mm B 600 mm 

H strut with beam (without BD2-...-BB fixing bracket) 

Length L in 100 mm increments, 

width B in 50 mm increments. 

L 

L 

NSV0_00165 

NSV0_00159 

B 

500 mm L 2000 mm L 2500 mm 

Z strut (left) and H strut (right) 

Length L in 100 mm increments. 

Trunking units can be secured at the side and at the center of the strut 

100 mm B 600 mm 

Wall beam (without BD2-...-BB fixing bracket) 

Width B in 50 mm increments. 

Example for securing busbar runs between floors 

NSV0_00161 

NSV0_00166 

B 

B 

100 mm B 600 mm 

Wall beam 

Width B in 50 mm increments 

200 mm B 600 mm 

Tubular beam 

Width B in 50 mm increments. 

For securing runs without BD2-...-BB bracket 

5 


5/75




Suspension support on flange mount with terminal 

b 

NSV0_00167 

90 mm b 150 mm 

For Z and H struts only 

Securing trunk units on the cable trays 

NSV0_00168 

Can be fitted to standard cable trays using BD2-...-BB fixing bracket or 

angle clamp. Sundries required 

Clamp bracket 

For securing trunking units to the illustrated supporting 

structures. 

NSV0_00170 

Clamp bracket 

5 

5/76 Siemens LV 70 · 2006

NSV0_00191 




Basic engineering information 

To simplify the engineering of BD2 systems, engineering symbols 

have been introduced. On the engineering drawings, these 

symbols clearly indicate the component mounting position, the 

phase sequence, the open busbar end, the end with the terminal, 

the position of the flange cover and the side from which the 

terminal can be accessed. 

The following conventions apply to all components of the busbar 

run (feeder units, straight trunking units and junction units): 

Open busbar end 

The PE side is marked with a bold black line. 

Determining the orientation of L-units 

1 

NSV0_00174 

2 

4 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

= L = Left 

= F = Front 

= R = Right 

= B = Back 

Example: 

NSV0_00171 

NSV0_00175 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

Phase sequence, PE on the right 

Terminal end of the trunking unit 

1 = R = Right 

1 

1 

2 

NSV0_00172 

1 

2 

Terminal access side 

Top flange cover 

Elbow, right, Type: BD2.-...-LR 

Determining the orientation of feeder units 

On feeder units, the position of the cabling box relative to the 

trunking box is not critical for type selection, since the busbar 

connection flange can be turned on site to provide the required 

phase sequence. 

Example: 

SB 

NSV0_00173 

End feeder unit (left) and center feeder unit (right) 

Straight trunking unit with tap-off points on both sides; 

Type: BD2.-...-SB-. 

The engineering symbols are used on the selection data pages. 

5 


5/77

NSV0_00176 




Route planning: Horizontal installation 

Mounting positions 

With the BD2 system, the mounting position can be chosen as 

required, allowing a horizontal busbar run to be laid out in two 

ways: 

N 

L1 

L2 

L3 

PE 

PE 

L3 

L2 

L1 

N 

Space requirement 

To ensure easier mounting of the trunking units and tap-off units, 

minimum clearances from the building's elements must be 

observed when planning the route. 

Busbar trunking system without tap-off units: 

Minimum dimensions for busbar trunking system without tap-off 

units, including system-conform fixing brackets mounted 

horizontally on rack or wall beam: 

Horizontal, edgewise 

NSV0_00178 

b 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

PE L3 L2 L1 N 

Horizontal, flat 

As can be seen from the illustration, any phase sequence is 

possible. A derating factor (× 0.9) in horizontal edgewise 

mounting position is necessary with power transmission. 

This applies for straight trunking units and junction units. The engineering 

symbol identifying the type shown on the selection 

page only needs to be turned to the desired mounting 

position in the engineering drawing. 

Example: 

NSV0_00194 

a 

Busbar system Dimension a Dimension b 

mm 

mm 

BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 100 160 

BD2A(C)-.-500(-1250) 100 280 

Busbar trunking system with tap-off units: 

Busbar trunking system with tap-off units, including systemconform 

fixing brackets mounted horizontally on rack or wall 

beam. The minimum dimension a applies for the front cable 

entry. 

NSV0_00180 

b 

Elbow, right, Type: BD2.-...-LR-, flat and edgewise mounting 

5 

Horizontal edgewise mounting has the advantage of a larger 

suspension span and the need for fewer accessories (flanges) 

to achieve the increased degree of protection IP54 

(see page 5/11). 

a 

NSV0_00195 

Busbar system Dimension a Dimension b 

mm 

mm 

BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 300 620 

BD2A(C)-.-500(-1250) 300 680 

For a configuring example for horizontal installation 

see page 5/84. 

5/78 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Route planning: Vertical installation 

Mounting positions 

When engineering vertical busbar runs (see page 5/86) the 

height of the storey measured from the center of one ceiling to 

the center of the next determines the choice of busbar lengths. 

If no fire barriers are required, standard lengths with protective 

sleeves can be used. In this case a distance of at least 0.185 m 

must be maintained between the end of the trunking unit enclosure 

and the upper edge of the protective sleeve. 

For vertically mounted systems, only one mounting position is 

possible. The PE bar must always be on the right-hand side, and 

the trunking unit end with the clamp terminal must point towards 

the top. This ensures that 

• the flange cover can be push-fitted to the terminal from the 

front and the screws can be tightened, 

• the tap-off units are not mounted upside-down, i.e. they 

can only be fitted in the correct position. 

Space requirement 

To ensure easier mounting of the trunking units and tap-off units, 

minimum clearances from the building's elements must be 

observed when planning the route. 

Busbar trunking system without tap-off units: 

a 

b 

c 

b 

NSV0_00196 

1 

7 

NL1L2L3PE 

2 

Busbar system 

Dimension 

a 

Dimension 

b 1) 

Dimension 

c 2) 

(incl. fixing bracket) mm mm mm 

BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 130 640 30 

BD2A(C)-.-500(-1250) 170 640 30 

1) Space required due to fixing bracket. 

2) Distance from wall due to fixing bracket. 

Busbar trunking system with tap-off units: 

A busbar system with connected tap-off unit is illustrated. 

Cable entry is from the bottom. 

3 

c 

a 

6 

PE 

5 

NSV0_00182 

No derating is required for vertical busbar runs. 

For more information about vertical installation see page 5/86. 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 


Tap-off point 

Cable gland 

BD2.-...-EE feeder unit 

5 Cover 

6 Clamp terminal (of the 

last trunking unit in the 

vertical busbar run) 


Busbar system 

Dimension 

a 

1) Distance from wall due to fixing bracket. 

Dimension 

b 

Dimension 

c 1) 

(incl. fixing bracket) mm mm mm 

BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 660 640 30 

BD2A(C)-.-500(-1250) 700 640 30 

b 

NSV0_00197 

5 


5/79




Fire barrier 

The fire barrier must always be seated centrally in the fire ceiling. 

Both standard trunking units and trunking units with optional 

lengths can be equipped with fire protection through compartmentalization. 

10 

1 

Tap-off units 

For the tap-off units in the vertical run, the mounting position is 

stipulated. The tap-off cable must be connected from the bottom. 

This is the case when the PE conductor is on the right-hand 

side looking from the front. 

Vertical fixing 

Vertical fixing brackets in the stipulated maximum intervals 

(see Table) must be used. The vertical brackets are fitted at the 

flange of the clamp terminal. Fixtures in between are realized 

with the spacer bracket combined with the BD2-BB fixing 

bracket. 

The distance from the wall can be varied: 

• 30 mm minimum, 

• 82 mm maximum. 

Maximum length or height of vertical BD2-... busbar runs, 

supported by one vertical retaining element: 

9 

2 

11 

Rated operational current Max. length or height 

BD2A 

BD2C 

A m m 

160 11.3 10.0 

250 10.9 9.9 

315 8.2 7.7 

400 7.9 7.2 

500 5.8 5.2 

630 5.8 5.2 

800 5.8 4.8 

1000 5.3 4.1 

1250 – 3.25 

8 

4 

7 

5 

6 

3 

5 

NSV0_00198 

$ End flange, termination 

% Tap-off point 

& Retaining element for vertical fixing 

( Ceiling thickness 

) End feeder unit 

* 1st storey 

+ Center of fire barrier 

, Storey height from center of one ceiling to the center of the next 

- 2nd storey 

. 3rd storey 

/ Fixing with BD2-BB and spacer bracket 

5/80 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Defining the engineering reference dimensions 

Straight trunking units, standard lengths, type BD2.-.-...-SB-. 

Standard lengths from center of terminal to center of terminal 

Example: Standard length with tap-off points on both sides, type BD2.-...-SB-3 

NSV0_00183 

SB 

3,25 m 

Dimensions in the engineering drawings BD2.-2, BD2.-3, tap-off point distance = 0.5 m, 

(BD2.-1: tap-off point distance = 1 m) 

163 

167 

307 (557) 

n × 500 (1000) 

220 

NSV0_00591 

Dimensional drawing 

Straight trunking units, optional lengths, type BD2.-.-...-WB-. 

Example: BD2.-2, BD2.-3, tap-off point distance = 0.5 m, 

(BD2.-1: tap-off point distance = 1 m) 

The open busbar end is used as the reference edge. The grid 

spacing between the tap-off points is shown in the diagram. 

167 

n x 250 (500) 250 

w 

PE 

NSV0_00184 

PE L3 L2 L1 N 

Length 

Tap-offs on both 

sides 

m 

Number 

0.5 ... 1.24 – 

1.25 ... 2.25 2 ... 8 

2.26 ... 3.25 4 ... 12 

On optional lengths, it may not be possible 

to fit tap-off units to all tap-off points 

Distance x is the distance between the center of the terminal at the open end and the next tap-off point on the trunking unit. 

For the standard length x = 250 mm. For optional lengths, 260 mm ≤ x ≤ 490 mm (depending on the optional length w). 

Measuring and determining the optional lengths on site 

5 

a 

w 

NSV0_00185 

On site, the dimension a between the enclosure edges of the two trunking units to be connected is measured. 

The optional length is then determined as follows: 

w[m] = a[m] – 0.14 m 


X dimension (side with open busbar end): from center of terminal to outside edge of enclosure, 

Y dimension (side with clamp terminal): from center of terminal to outside edge of enclosure, 

Z dimension: from outside edge of enclosure to outside edge of enclosure. 

For dimensioning data see page 5/102. 


5/81




Max. length/height of vertical BD2 busbar runs, 

supported by one BD2-BWV or BD2-BDV retaining element 

BD2A-.-... 

Rated current A 160 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 

Max. supported length or height 

m 11.3 10.9 8.2 7.9 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.3 – 

at max. weight (see below) 

Max. weight per 3.25 m trunking unit 

fitted with tap-off units 

kg 50 53 71 74 106 106 108 108 – 

BD2C-.-... 

Rated current A 160 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 

Max. supported length or height 

m 10.0 9.9 7.7 7.2 5.2 5.2 4.8 4.1 3.25 

at max. weight (see below) 

Max. weight per 3.25 m trunking unit 

fitted with tap-off units 

kg 50 53 71 74 106 106 108 108 108 

Notes 

For taller BD2 busbar runs, additional retaining elements must 

be used. 

■ Function 

The maximum load applied to the BD2-BWV and BD2-BDV 

vertical retaining elements must not exceed 175 kg. They must 

be fitted in the area of the terminal. 

Overload and short-circuit protection 

Busbar trunking systems need to be protected against shortcircuits 

and overloads. Fuses and circuit-breakers are available 

for use as protective devices. With the selection of this protection 

equipment the level of the expected short-circuit currents, selectivity 

requirements or operating and signaling functions are also 

factors for consideration. 

If circuit-breakers are used, the thermally delayed overload release 

is set to the rated current value for the busbar trunking 

system. This means that the busbar trunking system can be 

loaded 100%. 

If you decide on short-circuit protection via fuses and circuitbreakers 

you must not exceed the specified short-circuit ratings 

of the busbar trunking systems. 

It depends on the level of expected short-circuit current, whether 

a current limiting protective device is required and what shortcircuit 

breaking capacity the protective device must have. 

A tabular overview follows of the circuit-breakers which can provide 

short-circuit and overload protection (400 V and 50 Hz) for 

the corresponding trunking system. 

The following applies: 

where 

I’’ k ≤ I cc ≤ I cu 

I’’ k = the expected short-circuit current at the site of installation 

I cc = rated short-circuit current of the busbar run 

I cu = rated short-circuit breaking capacity of the circuit-breaker 

Type Rated current Circuit-breaker 

with normal 

switching 

capacity 

Rated 

short-circuit 

current 

Circuit-breaker 

with medium 

switching 

capacity 

Rated 

short-circuit 

current 

Circuit-breaker 

with high switching 

capacity 

Rated 

short-circuit 

current: 

5 

I e 

A 

I cu 

kA 

I cc 

kA 

BD2A(C)-160 160 3VL27 16-1... 40 20 3VL27 16-2... 70 20 3VL27 16-3... 100 20 

BD2A(C)-250 250 3VL37 25-1... 40 40 3VL37 25-2... 70 50 3VL37 25-3... 100 50 

BD2A(C)-315 315 3VL47 31-1... 40 35 3VL47 31-2... 70 35 3VL47 31-3... 100 35 

BD2A(C)-400 400 3VL47 40-1... 45 45 3VL47 40-2... 70 45 3VL47 40-3... 100 45 

BD2A(C)-500 500 3VL57 50-1... 45 45 3VL57 50-2... 70 70 3VL57 50-3... 100 80 

BD2A(C)-630 630 3VL57 63-1DC36 45 45 3VL57 63-2DC36 70 70 3VL57 63-3DC36 100 100 

BD2A(C)-800 800 3VL57 80-1AE36 50 50 3VL57 80-2AE36 70 70 3VL57 80-3AE36 100 100 

BD2A(C)-1000 1000 3VL77 10-1AE36 50 50 3VL77 10-2AE36 70 60 3VL77 10-3AE36 100 60 

BD2C-1250 1250 3VL77 12-1AE36 50 50 3VL77 12-2AE36 70 60 3VL77 12-3AE36 100 60 

The values for the conditional rated short-circuit current I cc apply 

to the busbar trunking systems without consideration of any 

tap-off units. 

I cu 

kA 

I cc 

kA 

I cu 

kA 

I cc 

kA 

5/82 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Temperature characteristic of BD2 systems 

0,23 

NSV0_00193 


120 

115 

110 

105 

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

70 

65 

–5 5 51 52 53 54 55 56 


(24h average) 

Voltage drop 


The following diagrams show the voltage drop of the 

BD2A/BD2C systems 

• Taking into account the heat resistors 

(according to IEC/EN 60439-2) 

• With a load distribution factor a = 1 

• Under loading with the rated current. (With a different load 

distribution factor the curve value must be multiplied by the 

corresponding distribution factor.) 

NSV0_00186 

U (V/m) 

0,21 

0,19 

0,17 

0,15 

0,13 

0,11 

0,09 

0,07 

0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 

0,8 0,9 1,0 

cos 

Voltage drop BD2C 


With long runs you may need to calculate the voltage drop. 

DU = a x !3 x I x l x (R x cos v + X x sin v) x 10 -3 

BD2C-.-315 

BD2C-.-400 

BD2C-.-250 

BD2C-.-630 

BD2C-.-1000 

BD2C-.-500 

BD2C-.-1250 

BD2C-.-800 

BD2C-.-160 

(V) 

0,24 

NSV0_00192 


I = Load current (A) 

U (V/m) 

0,22 

BD2A-.-315 


a = Load distribution factor 

0,20 


BD2A-.-250 

X = Inductive resistor X 1 (mΩ/m) 

0,18 


0,16 

0,14 

0,12 

0,10 

BD2A-.-630 

BD2A-.-160 

BD2A-.-400 

BD2A-.-800 

BD2A-.-1000 

BD2A-.-500 

Factor "a" used in the equation for calculating the voltage drop is 




A 

A 

B 

C 

D 

B 

E 

Factor a 

Supply at A, 


Supply at A, 


5 

0,08 

0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 

Voltage drop BD2A 

0,8 0,9 1,0 

cos 

A 

B 

B 

D 

C 

A 

A 

D 

E 

E 

C 

C 

F 

B 

Supply at A, 

tap-offs at B, C 0.25 

Supply at A, 


Supply at A, 



5/83




■ Engineering 

Configuring example: horizontal mounting position 


Determining the operational current 

The following details are required for configuring BD2 busbar 

600×0.6×1 

trunking systems (horizontal installation): 

Main busbar run: I B = 

!3 ×400×0.8 

• Installation flat or edgewise, horizontal or vertical, quantity, 

200×0.6×1 

type and approximate ratings of prospective loads, p.f. Machine line 200 kW: I B = 


• Utilization and rated diversity factor = derating factor α 

182×0.6×1 

• Feeding transformers (short-circuit current) 

Machine line 182 kW: I B = 


• Nature of the installation site (dimensions, construction of the 

building, transport paths, cellar, etc.) 

118×0.6×1 

Machine line 118 kW: I B = 


• Routing of supply lines from other power sources 

100×0.6×1 

• Coordination of lighting system with the BD busbar run Machine line 100 kW: I B = 


• Crane operation in installation area 

Given: 

Installation plan 

1. Σ of the actual load 600 kW, p.f. = 0.8; U e = 400 V 

2. Floor plan and machine layout 

3. Derating factor α = 0.6 

4. Incoming supply cables 2 × 185 mm 2 from distribution board 

5. Transformer: 1 × 500 kVA 

6. Steel frame shed construction 

7. Suspension height 3 m 

The information assists the installer later. 

8. Installed power on machine lines: 

200, 182, 118, 100 kW 

9. No crane operation 

10.Edgewise mounting 


The operational current is calculated using the following formula: 

I B = 

P inst × α × b 

!3 ×U e ×cosϕ × 103 

× 10 3 = 650 A 

× 10 3 = 217 A 

× 10 3 = 197 A 

× 10 3 = 128 A 

× 10 3 = 108 A 

It contains: 

• Position of the busbar trunking system in the building, 

• position of the PE and the tap-off openings and consequently 

the installation direction of the tap-off units, 

• number of components with item numbers 

• and the method and height of suspension. 

If the system is correctly assembled, the entire system will have 

the same sense of rotation as the three phase motors throughout 

the entire system. As a result, it will not be necessary to check 

the direction of rotation of the motors when relocating a machine. 

with: 


P inst = Installed power (kW) 




b = Supply factor 

5 

b = 1 

b = ½ 

= Single end feed 

= Double end feed, 

center feed 

If no data are available about the actual currents occurring 

simultaneously (derating factor), the following values according 

to IEC/EN 60439-1 apply: 


2 and 3 

4 and 5 


10 or more 


0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

5/84 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




1 

SIVACON 8PV 

Machine line II 

6 

4 

2 

Machine line IV 

6 

6 m 

11 

8 

7 

7 

7 

7 

4 

9 9 9 9 10 11 

118 kW 

182 kW 

15 m 

2 

22 m 

Route 

2 

Machine line III 

11 10 7 

7 

7 

Machine line V 

2 

4 

6 

6 

7 

5 

7 7 7 7 8 11 

2 

200 kW 

3 

100 kW 

PE, L3, L2, L1, N, tap-off units 

N, L1, L2, L3, PE 

Tap-off units 

NSV0_00187 

36 m 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Feeder unit 

Trunking unit 

End flange 

Tap-off unit 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Tap-off unit 

Feeder unit 

Trunking unit 

Trunking unit 



11 End flange 


Suspension: at a height of 3 m with ceiling mounted supporting 

structures. BD2 busbar run I, 800 A, supplies BD2 runs II, III, IV 

and V via tap-off units and end feeder units, connected by short 

cable lengths. 

Parts list 

The parts list should contain all the items shown on the installation 

plan, with type reference, description and quantity. 

Tap-off 

Item No. 

(installation site) 

F 

W 

L 

K 

Type 

Benennung, Zuordnung 

Description 

Dénomination 

Anzahl 

Quant. 

Listenpreis 

List price 

Prix brut 

einzeln 

each 

unitaire 

zusammen 

total 

1 BD2A-1000-EE Feeder unit 1 

2 BD2A-1-800-SB-3 Trunking units 6 

3 BD2-1250-FE End flange 1 

5 

4 BD2-AK04/SNH1 Tap-off units 3 

5 BD2-AK3X/GS00 Tap-off units 1 

6 BD2A-400-EE Feeder unit 4 

7 BD2A-1-160-SB-3 Trunking units 8 

8 BD2A-1-160-SB-1 Trunking units 2 

9 BD2A-1-250-SB-3 Trunking units 8 

1 0 BD2A-1-250-SB-1 Trunking units 2 

1 1 BD2-400-FE End flange 4 

1 2 BD2-1250-BB Fixing bracket 5 

1 3 BD2-400-BB Fixing bracket 14 


5/85




Configuring example: vertical mounting position 

5 


• Number and height of storeys 

• Ratings and types of load per storey 

• Utilization and diversity factor = derating factor α 

• Feeding transformers (characteristics, position) 

• Special requirements (degree of protection, fire barriers, etc.) 

Given: 

1. Six storeys with five apartments each 

2. 38 kW connected load per apartment 

3. U e = 400 V, p.f. = 0.8 

4. Derating factor α = 0.8 

5. Utilization factor β = 0.45 

6. Incoming supply cables 2 × 240 mm 2 

7. Protection with 3VL57 80 circuit-breaker 

8. Details and site plans required for routing the trunking 


The operational current per storey, which also determines the 

required rated current of the tap-off units, is calculated using the 

following formula 

with: 

I NB = Operational current per storey (A) 

P inst = Sum of installed power 

(kW) 

per storey 




If α is not specified, the values from 

Table 1 can be used. If p.f. is not known, 

this can be set for a block of apartments 

= 1. 

The operational current per busbar run is: 

with 

I NB = 

P inst × α 

!3 ×U e × cos ϕ × 103 

I NB = 5×38×0.8 


I B = I NB × β 

× 10 3 = 274 A 

β = Utilization and diversity factor for the total number of 

loads. 

Good empirical values for derating factors can be 

obtained from your local power supply company. They 

vary from region to region. Average values are indicated 

in table 2. 

Table 1 (according to IEC/EN 60439-1) 

Table 2: Utilization factor and rated diversity factor 

Item 

Factor β 

Schools, nursery schools 0.6 ... 0.9 

Carpenters' and joiners' workshops 0.2 ... 0.7 

Restaurants, hotels 0.4 ... 0.7 

Butchers 0.5 ... 0.8 

Bakeries 0.4 ... 0.8 

Laundries 0.5 ... 0.9 

Conference halls 0.6 ... 0.8 

Small offices 0.5 ... 0.7 

Large offices 0.4 ... 0.8 

Department stores, supermarkets 0.7 ... 0.9 

Metal processing works 0.2 ... 0.3 

Car factories 0.2 ... 0.3 

Lighting systems for road tunnels 1.0 

Building sites 0.2 ... 0.4 

Once the system has been selected, in this case BD2A-1-800, 

the following documents must be completed to place an order: 

• Installation plan 

• Parts list 

• Order from 

Parts list 

Tap-off 

Item No. 

(installation 

site) 

F 

W 

L 

K 

Type 

Benennung, Zuordnung 

Description 

Dénomination 

1 BD2A-1000-EE End feeder unit 1 

2 BD2A-1-800-WB-2W1.50 Trunking unit with optional 1 

+BD2-S120-BX1.00- 

length 1.5 m + fire barrier 

M0.25 

a = 1.0 m, ceiling thickness 

M = 0.25 m 

3 BD2A-1-800-SB-2 Trunking unit 2.25 m 5 

4 BD2A-1-800-WO-1W1.00 

+BD2-S120-BX0.50- 

M0.25 

Trunking unit with optional 

length 1.0 m + fire barrier 

a = 0.5 m, ceiling thickness 

M = 0.25 m 

5 BD2-1250-FE End flange 1 

6 BD2-BWV Vertical retaining elements 4 

7 BD2-1250-BB Fixing bracket 5 

8 BD2-BD Spacer bracket 5 

9 BD2-AK05/SNH2 Tap-off unit with LV HRC 6 

fuse switch-disconnector 

Alternatively: 

2 ... 4 BD2A-1-800-SB-3 Trunking unit 3.25 m + fire 5 

+BD2-S120-BX1.00- 

barrier a = 1.0 m, ceiling 

M0.25 

thickness M = 0.25 m 

Anz. 

Qty. 

Qté 

4 


2 and 3 

4 and 5 


10 or more 


0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

5/86 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




5 

6 

3 


Explanations for the installation plan 

$ End feeder unit 

% Trunking unit, optional length 1.5 m, with fire barrier 

& Trunking unit, standard length 2.25 m 

( Trunking unit, optional length 1.0 m, with fire barrier 

) End flange 

* Vertical retaining elements 

+ Fixing bracket 

, Spacer bracket 

- Tap-off unit 

c 

4 

a Position of fire barrier in m; 

center of fire barrier is always at center of fire ceiling 

b Dimension for spacer bracket in m 

c Dimension for retaining element in m 

M Ceiling thickness in m 

a 

9 

M 

Fixing elements: 

• Second retaining element at approx. 5 m height 

(always near the terminal) 

• Third retaining element at approx. 10 m height 

• Fourth retaining element at approx. 15 m height 

Note 

The fixing points for all fixing brackets, retaining elements and 

spacer brackets must be specified in the installation plan. 

7 

8 

3 

5 

NSV0_00188 

M 

3,25 3.25 m 

b 

2 

3,10 3.10 m 

9 

a 

6 

1 


5/87




■ More information 

Rated currents and short-circuit currents of standard transformers 

Rated voltage U N 400/230 V 690/400 V 

Relative short-circuit voltage u k 4 % 1) 6 % 2) 4 % 1) 6 % 2) 

Rated output power Rated current Short-circuit current I" 3) 

k Rated current Short-circuit current I" 3) 

k 

kVA A A A A A A 

50 72 1805 – 42 1042 – 

100 144 3610 2406 84 2084 1392 

160 230 5776 3850 133 3325 2230 

200 288 7220 4812 168 4168 2784 

250 360 9025 6015 210 5220 3560 

315 455 11375 7583 263 6650 4380 

400 578 14450 9630 336 8336 5568 

500 722 18050 12030 420 10440 7120 

630 909 22750 15166 526 13300 8760 

800 1156 28900 19260 672 16672 11136 

1000 1444 36100 24060 840 20840 13920 

1250 1805 45125 30080 1050 26060 17480 

1) u k = 4 %, standardized according to DIN 42500 for S NT = 50 ... 630 kVA. 

2) u k = 6 %, standardized according to DIN 42500 for S NT = 100 ... 1600 kVA. 

3) I" k = Transformer initial short-circuit alternating current when connecting 

to a network with unlimited short-circuit power. 

Approximating formula 

Transformer rated current Transformer short-circuit alternating current with 

I N [A] = k X S NT [kVA] I" k = I N /u k X 100 k = 1.45 at 400 V 

k = 0.84 at 690 V 

5 

Dimensioning and selection 

Safe shutoff of the smallest single-pole ground short-circuit 

current 

Since the level of the loop impedance is decisive in determining 

the level of the single-pole short-circuit current, DIN VDE 0100 

Part 600 prescribes that the loop impedance must be determined 

between the following 

• external conductor and the PE conductor or 

• external conductor and PEN conductor. 

This value may be determined by 

• measuring with measurement instruments or 

• calculation or 

• simulation of the network in a network model. 

In the "Technical Specifications" section, the impedance values 

for the BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems are listed so that it 

is possible to calculate the loop impedances of a busbar system, 

which contributes to the total loop impedance. 

With the aid of the loop impedance of the entire busbar trunking 

system it is easy to calculate the smallest expected single-pole 

short-circuit current. 

I kl min = 

c×U n 

3 ×Z k 

where 

c = Voltage factor 0.95 

U n = Voltage between the external conductors 

Z k = Short-circuit impedance 

5/88 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Degrees of protection for busbar trunking systems 

Room types according to 

DIN VDE 0100 (IEC 60364) 

Closed electrical operating areas 

Electrical operating areas 

Dry areas and rooms 

Damp and wet areas and rooms 

Designation of the degree of protection 

according to IEC/EN 60529 

IP10 

IP20 

IP20 

IP20 

Degrees of protection of electrical equipment according to IEC/EN 60529 


Usage in operating areas exposed to a fire hazard 

In operating areas exposed to a fire hazard, IEC 60364-7-72 and 

DIN VDE 0100-720 paces enhanced demands on the degree of 

protection of electrical equipment. The demands for busbar 

trunking systems are: 

• for a fire hazard from dust and/or fibers: degree of protection 

IP5X 

• for a fire hazard from readily flammable materials apart from 

dust and/or fibers: degree of protection IP4X 

The BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems meet these demands. 

They are therefore suitable for applications in this area. 

Degree of 1st figure 

2nd figure 

protection 

Protection against direct contact Protection against solid foreign bodies and dust Protection against ingress of liquid 

IP00 No special protection No special protection No special protection 

IP20 Against finger contact Against solid bodies ≥∅ 12.5 mm No special protection 

IP34 Against tools Against solid bodies ≥∅ 2.5 mm No damage caused by splashwater 

IP41 Against wire Against solid bodies ≥∅ 1 mm No damage caused by vertically dripping water 

(vertical drops) 

IP43 Against wire Against solid bodies ≥∅ 1 mm No damaged caused by spraywater 

IP54 Against wire Against hazardous dust deposits inside 

No damage caused by splashwater 

(dust-tight) 

IP55 Against wire Against hazardous dust deposits inside 

No damage caused by hose-water 

(dust-tight) 

IP65 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) No damage caused by hose-water 

IP66 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) In the event of temporary immersion, ingress of water 

will have no harmful effects (water jet) 

IP67 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) Water may not ingress in harmful quantities during 

immersion (temporary immersion) 

IP68 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) Water may not ingress in harmful quantities during 

immersion for indefinite periods 

(continuous immersion) 

Protection against direct contact according to EN 50274 

These regulations apply for the design of electrical equipment 

and its installation in electrical installations with rated voltages 

up to 1000 V AC or 1500 V DC – regarding protection against 

direct contact, where there are actuators (pushbuttons, toggle 

levers etc.) located in the direct vicinity of parts which are live or 

dangerous to touch. 

"Finger-safe" relates only to the operating device (actuator) and 

only in the normal direction of actuation. A distance of at least 

r = 30 mm in radius from the center point of the device to any live 

parts must be ensured. 

The degree of protection IP20 is a more enhanced protection 

against direct contact than "finger-safe". It constitutes protection 

against direct contact with electrical equipment from all directions. 

Devices with "finger-safe" protection against direct contact 

and degree of protection IP00 can be assigned with additional 

protection against direct contact by shrouding if required. 

5 


5/89




Power distribution systems (grid types) according to 

IEC 60364-3 or DIN VDE 0100-300 

Determination of the protective measures and selection of the 

electrical equipment in accordance with the power distribution 

system used. 

TN systems 

TN-S system 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

PE 

Other systems 

TT system 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

NSV0_01081 

PE 

1 

1 

NSV0_01078 

Separated neutral and protective conductors throughout the system. 

TN-C system 

L1 

L2 

In a TT system, one point is directly earthed; the chassis of the electrical 

system is connected to earth, which has no direct connection to the 

power earth. 

In the modern TT system, protective measures include protective earthing 

as well as current-operated e.l.c.b. systems and voltage-operated 

e.l.c.b. systems. 

IT system 

L1 

L2 

L3 

PEN 

L3 

2 

NSV0_01082 

PE 

1 

1 

NSV0_01079 

5 

Neutral and protective functions are combined throughout the system 

in a single conductor. 

TN-C-S system 

L1 

L2 

L3 

PEN 

NSV0_01080 

PE 

N 

1 

Combination between neutral pole and protective earth functions. They 

are combined in one part of the system to a single conductor and 

separated in another part. 

$ Chassis 

% Impedance 

In the IT system there is no direct connection between the live conductors 

and earthed components; the chassis of the electrical system is 

earthed. 

The IT system corresponds with the system where a protective earth 

system for protective measures is applied. 

Explanations 

First letter = earthing condition of the power supply source 

• T = direct earthing of a point 

• I = either insulation of all live parts from earth or connection of one 

point with earth via impedance 

Second letter = earthing condition of chassis of the electrical 

equipment 

• T = chassis directly earthed, independently of any earthing of a point 

in the power supply 

• N = chassis connected directly with the system earth in AC systems, 

the earth point is normally the neutral point 

Additional letters = arrangement of the neutral conductor and protective 

earth conductor 

• S = separate conductors for neutral and protective earth functions 

• C = neutral and protective earth functions combined in a single 

conductor (PEN) 

5/90 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Functional endurance 

Fire protection equipment and fire protection precautions for 

electrical installations are required especially with building 

structures of a particular type of utilization. Buildings of this 

nature include hospitals and places where people gather. The 

German standards DIN VDE 0108-1 "Buildings where people 

meet" and DIN VDE 0100-710 "Medically used areas" state that 

electrical systems must remain operational for certain periods of 

time in the event of a fire. This applies in particular to 

• Fire alarm systems 

• Systems for sounding alarms and conveying instructions to 

visitors and employees 

• Emergency lighting 

• Passenger elevators with evacuation circuit which must 

remain serviceable in the incoming feeder area for at least 

30 minutes under post-flashover fire conditions 

• Water pressure boosting equipment for firefighting water 

supply 

• Ventilation systems of enclosed stairwells, elevator shafts and 

drive equipment rooms for fire service elevators must remain 

operational for at least 90 minutes. 

1000 

°C 

Magnetic fields 


The busbars intended for power distribution generate – as do all 

other conductors – alternating electromagnetic fields with a 

base frequency of 50 Hz. These magnetic fields can negatively 

influence the function of sensitive equipment such as computers 

or measurement instruments. 

Limit values 

The EMC guidelines and the standards derived from these do 

not contain any regulations or recommendations for engineering 

busbar trunking system installations. If busbar trunking systems 

are used in medical facilities, the DIN VDE 0100-710 standard 

can be consulted. 

In DIN VDE 0100-710, recommended values of mains frequency 

induced magnetic fields in facilities used for medical purposes 

are defined. Stations where patients are treated may not be subject 

to magnetic induction at 50 Hz which exceeds the following 

values: 

• B = 2 × 10 -7 Tesla for EEG 

• B = 4 × 10 -7 Tesla for ECG 

In order to make it possible to decide in the planning stage 

which busbars should be used, Siemens has carried out extensive 

magnetic field measurements. The magnetic radiated noise 

of the busbar systems was measured using a 9.6 m long straight 

busbar arrangement. The busbars were loaded symmetrically 

with the rated current and the magnetic fields measured in their 

horizontal and vertical axes. 

500 

Z 

0 

0 

30 60 90 120 150 (min) 180 

NSV0_01072 

NSV0_01046 

X 

Standard temperature curve (ETK) for assessing functional endurance 

In order to provide the functional endurance of the busbar trunking 

system stipulated by the regulations, Siemens successfully carried 

out and completed tests in cooperation with Promat for 

BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking system at the materials testing 

laboratory in Braunschweig in Germany. 

During the fire tests, the busbar trunking systems were equipped 

with a cladding of Promatect L500 plates of various thicknesses 

(thickness d = 20 mm, 40 mm, 60 mm) and were subjected to a fire 

load of of external origin as defined by the "standard temperature 

curve (ETK)" in order to assess the functional endurance according 

to DIN 4102 Part 12. 

More information on request. 

System of coordinates for magnetic field measurement 

The threshold value for inductive interference between multicore 

cables and wires of the high-current system, conductor 

cross-section > 185 mm 2 , and the stations where patients are 

treated will certainly not be exceeded when a minimum distance 

of 9 m as recommended by the DIN VDE 0100-710 standard is 

observed. 

When busbars are used this distance will usually turn out to be 

less since the sheet steel is effective in reducing magnetic interference 

fields in the environment. 

Measured values on request. 

5 


5/91




Sprinkler test 


Sprinkler fire-extinguishing systems in particular are used for 

protecting cable conduits and cable ducts. Here it is predominantly 

the cooling effect of the water on the surface of the fire 

which is exploited. Operation of the sprinkler for at least 

30 minutes should be assumed. 

Siemens has subjected its BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems 

to an extensive range of tests with sprinkler systems. Due 

to the absence of a mandatory standard or directive, the test was 

performed using a test setup which mirrored a practical application 

(see the sketch). 

Test results 

With the BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking system, the system with 

IP54 degree of protection was sprinkled in all fitted positions 

paying close consideration to the "VdS" guidelines for sprinkler 

systems. The insulation resistance was measured before and 

after sprinkling for 90 minutes, and a high voltage test according 

to EN 60439-2 was performed. This test was absolved successfully 

and indicated that the system could be operated immediately 

after sprinkling without any delays. 

2 1 ... 10 bar 

3 

1 

1 Sprinkler 

2 Manometer 

3 Shutoff valve 



500 

4 

5 

NSV0_01050 

Sprinkler test setup 

5 

5/92 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Comparison of busbar trunking and cable installation systems 

Feature Busbar trunking installation Cable installation 

TTA assembly × – 

Mechanical safety High Low 

Fire load Low High 

Temperature characteristic 

System structure 

Protective devices for loads 

Ambient temperature 


max. +40 °C and +35 °C on a 24 hour average 

Clear due to linear system structure with in-line load 

tap-offs via tap-off units 

In the tap-off unit: means direct and immediate 

on-the-spot identification of assignment to consumer 


According to DIN 57298 Part 4/ 

VDE 0298 Part 4/2.88 loads are based on +30 °C. 

Very large accumulation of cables at feed point due to 

point-to-point supply of loads from central power 

distribution unit 

Centrally in the distribution board: makes the assignment 

to the load not directly verifiable. It is necessary 

to rely on correct labeling of the cables and loads. 

Space requirement Low High as the corresponding distribution board is 

required. Routing criteria (cable accumulation, type of 

routing, current-carrying capacity, etc.) must be 

complied with. 

Retrofitting capability if consumer 

tap-offs changed 

Great flexibility due to tap-off points in the trunking unit 

and a great number of different tap-off units 

Planning and engineering 

Simple and fast with EDP-aided planning tools being 

used 

Dimensioning (current, voltage drop, Not complex 

protective earth conditions) 

Only possible at great expense. Laying additional 

cables from the central distribution board to the 

consumer. 

Highly intensive engineering (distribution and cable 

layouts, cable plans, etc.) 

Very complex 

Fault location Low High 

Fire barrier Type-tested, ex-works Dependent on the work standard applied on the 

building site 

Functional endurance 

Tested functional endurance according to 

DIN 4102-12 

Dependent on the work standard applied on the 

building site 

Electromagnetic interference Low, due to sheet steel and conductor 

configuration 

Relatively high with a standard cable 

Mounting 

Very little fitting materials and tools required, 

short mounting times 

Complex mounting materials and a comprehensive 

range of tools required, long mounting times 

Weight Up to l of the comparable cable weight Up to 3-times the busbar trunking system weight 

Halogen and PVC free Trunking units are always halogen and PVC free Standard cables are not always halogen and PVC free 

5 


5/93

NSV0_00190 

NSV0_00189 



Fire barriers 

■ Overview 

General requirements 

The German state building authorities demand that buildings are 

designed so that "spreading of fire and smoke is prevented, and 

that effective fire fighting and rescue of persons and domestic 

animals is facilitated". Fire or flue gas may not spread from one 

storey or fire area to another. 

All BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems can be equipped with 

a fire barrier and generally comply with the standards for buildings 

including high-rise buildings. The busbar trunking system is 

supplied ex-works with fire barriers. Retrofitting is not possible. 

A general approval from the German Institute for Building 

Engineering (Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik in Berlin DIBt) in 

Berlin is available: 

• BD2-S120: No. Z-19.15-1046, 

• BD2-S90: No. Z-19.15-1048). 

The fire resistance class with the BD2 system corresponds with 

version S90 or S120 according to DIN 4102 Part 9. The 

demands for verification of fire resistance duration at 120 min as 

specified to ISO 834 according to IEC/EN 60439-2 are fulfilled. 

The requirements for a busbar trunking system as specified to 

DIN 4102 are shown in the illustration. 

4 

3 

1 

• The center of the fire barrier in the trunking unit must be positioned 

in the center of the fire wall or ceiling. 

Exception: With junction units, this may not be possible due to 

insufficient distance from the wall or ceiling, i.e. the center of 

the fire barrier may not coincide with the center of the fire wall 

or ceiling. In such cases, PROMATECT-H(L) panels are added 

to achieve the actually required wall or ceiling thickness. 

• The following information must be provided: For BX*, BY* or 

BZ* trunking units, position of the center of the fire barrier in 

the trunking unit (or the center of the fire wall or ceiling for junction 

units with insufficient distance from the wall or ceiling); the 

desired fire resistance rating S90 or S120; and the thickness 

M* of the wall or ceiling. 

• There are no tap-off points in the area covered by the fire barrier. 

• The trunking units must be installed by an approved fire 

protection installation specialist. 

Notes 

For BX* and BY*, replace the asterisk in the type reference by the 

required dimension in meters from the center of the clamp terminal 

(end without clamp terminal) to the center of the fire wall or 

ceiling; for -M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness. 

For BZ*, replace the asterisk in the type reference by the required 

dimension in meters from the outside edge of limb X to 

the center of the fire wall or ceiling; for -M* specify the wall or 

ceiling thickness. 

1 

2 

BX*, BY*, BZ* 

M* 

1 Center line of fire barrier 

Positioning in the fire wall 

5 

NSV0_01070 

(1) Permissible temperature increase on components max. 180 °C 

(2) Scene of fire: Application of fire according to the standard 

temperature curve DIN 4102, Sheet 2 

(3) Permitted temperature increase of escaping air: max. 140 °C 

(4) No flammable gases are permitted to escape. No rescue work may 

be hindered by emerging smoke. 

Engineering 

To ensure fire protection to S90 or S120, the following points 

must be observed when engineering and installing trunking and 

junction units with fire barriers: 

M* 

BX*, BY*, BZ* 

1 

1 Center line of fire barrier 

Positioning in the fire ceiling 

5/94 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Fire barriers 

■ Design 

Position of fire barrier on the trunking unit 

L 

250 

NSV0_01019 

BX* 

Type: 

BD2A-...-S(W).-. + BD2-S90(S120)-BX*-M* 

BD2C-...-S(W).-. + BD2-S120-BX*-M* 

Fire resistance class S90 

• Wall thickness M ≥ 150 mm BD2A-...-S(W). + BD2-S90-BX*-M* 1) 

150 

L (L min. = 370+M) BX* min. = 185+M/2 BX*max. = L–BX* min. 

520 (min.) 260 260 

– – – 

– – – 

3250 (max.) 260 2980 

M 

NSV0_01020 


• Wall thickness 150 mm ≤ M < 250 mm BD2A-...-S(W). + BD2-S120-BX*-M* 1) 

M = 150 ... 250 

100 

100 


720 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 

– – – 

3250 (max.) 360 2890 

NSV0_01021 

• Wall thickness M ≥ 250 mm BD2A-...-S(W). + BD2-S120-BX*-M* 1) 


620 (min.) 310 310 

– – – 

– – – 

250 

3250 (max.) 310 2940 

5 

M 

NSV0_01022 

1) Replace the asterisk * according to the table. 


5/95



Fire barriers 


• Wall thickness M ≥ 150 mm BD2C-...-S(W). + BD2-S120-BX*-M* 1) 

150 

185 

L (L min. = 740+M) BX* min. = 370+M/2 BX*max. = L–BX* min. 

900 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 

– – – 

3250 (max.) 450 2800 

185 

M 

NSV0_01023 


Position of the fire barrier on junction units 

The minimum dimensions applicable for positioning fire barriers 

on the limbs of junction units differ, depending on the routing of 

the trunking and the distance from the fire wall to the inside edge 

of the trunking unit. 

Y* (X*) 

NSV0_01025 

BY* (BX*) 

Y* (X*) 

X* (Y*) 

BY* (BX*) 

170 

NSV0_01024 

c 

X* (Y*) 

e 160 ... 400 A 500 ... 1250 A 

c 70 

130 

Elbow, type: BD2A-...-LR(L)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S90(S120)-BX*(BY*)-M* 

BD2C-...-LR(L)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 

Knee, type: 

BD2A-...-LV(H)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S90(S120)-BX*(BY*)-M* 

BD2C-...-LV(H)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 


• Wall thickness 150 mm ≤ M < 250 mm 

(distance from wall/inside corner A ≥ 200 mm) 

BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S90-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 

• Junction units LL, LR 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+170) 

BX*(BY*) min. = 

185+M/2 

710 (min.) 260 260 

BX*(BY*) max. = 

X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 

– – – 

5 

A 200 

150 M < 250 

NSV0_01026 

1250 (max.) 260 800 

• Junction units LV, LH 400 A 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+70) 


185+M/2 

610 (min.) 260 260 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 260 900 

• Junction units LV, LH 1000 A 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+130) 


185+M/2 

670 (min.) 260 260 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 

– – – 



5/96 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Fire barriers 



(distance from wall/inside corner 30 mm ≤ A < 200 mm) 

M = 150 ... 250 

A = 30 ... 190 

100 

NSV0_01027 

BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S90-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+170) 


285+M/2 

640 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 970 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+70) 


285+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 1070 


X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+130) 


285+M/2 

600 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 1010 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 


• Wall thickness M ≥ 250 mm 


A 30 

M 250 

NSV0_01028 

BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S90-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+170) 


185+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 920 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+70) 


185+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 1020 


X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 


Note: With other fire barrier configurations, please contact 

your local Siemens sales office. 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+130) 


185+M/2 

600 (min.) 310 310 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 960 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 

5 


5/97



Fire barriers 




BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


M = 150 ... 250 A 200 

100 100 

NSV0_01029 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+170) 


285+M/2 

810 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 800 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+70) 


285+M/2 

710 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 900 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+130) 


285+M/2 

770 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 



X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 




BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


M 250 A 200 

NSV0_01030 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+170) 


185+M/2 

810 (min.) 310 310 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 750 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+70) 


185+M/2 

710 (min.) 310 310 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 850 



X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 

5 


Note: For other fire barrier configurations, please ask your 

contact in your local Siemens branch. 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+130) 


185+M/2 

770 (min.) 310 310 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 790 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 

5/98 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Fire barriers 




BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


A 30 ... 190 

100 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+170) 


285+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 970 


X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 

M =150 ... 250 

100 

NSV0_01031 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+70) 


285+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 1070 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

285+M+A+130) 


285+M/2 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 

600 (min.) 360 360 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 360 1010 

The dimension X* min or Y* min on the side with corner covering is 

460 mm. 




BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


A 30 ... 190 

100 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+170) 


185+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 920 


X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 

M 250 

NSV0_01032 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+70) 


185+M/2 


– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 1020 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 



Note: With other fire barrier configurations, please contact your 

local Siemens sales office. 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

185+M+A+130) 


185+M/2 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 

600 (min.) 310 310 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 310 960 


460 mm. 

5 


5/99



Fire barriers 




BD2C-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


M 150 A 200 

185 185 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

370+M+A+170) 


370+M/2 

890 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 450 800 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

370+M+A+70) 


370+M/2 

790 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 450 900 


X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 

NSV0_01033 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

370+M+A+130) 


370+M/2 

850 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 



X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 




BD2C-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* 1) 


A 30 ... 190 

185 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

370+M+A+170) 


370+M/2 

720 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 450 970 


X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2 

150 

M 

185 

NSV0_01034 


X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

370+M+A+70) 


370+M/2 

620 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 450 1070 


X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2 


5 


Note: With other fire barrier configurations, please contact your 

local Siemens sales office. 

X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = 

370+M+A+130) 


370+M/2 

680 (min.) 450 450 

– – – 

1250 (max.) 450 1010 


X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2 


550 mm. 

5/100 Siemens LV 70 · 2006



Fire barriers 

Installing trunking units with fire barriers 

Recommended minimum dimensions of ceiling or wall cut-out 

c 

28–82 mm 

Current up to 

system 

a 1) 

mm 

b 

mm 

400 A 90 200 

1250 A 150 200 

1 

Positioning in fire ceiling 

b 

a 

NSV0_01035 

Trunking units with 

Tap-off unit 

BD2-AK1..., 

BD2-AK02..., BD2-AK2..., 

BD2-AK03..., BD2-AK3... 

c 

mm 

125 

Tap-off unit 

200 

BD2-AK04..., BD2-AK05..., BD2-AK06... 

BD2-BWV or BD2-BDV 

200 

(with or without tap-off unit) 

BD2.-...-EE 

200 

(with or without tap-off unit) 

1) For Z units depending on the lengths X*, Y*. 

100 

a 

b 

NSV0_01036 

1 

Positioning in fire wall 

NSV0_01037 

1 

NSV0_01038 

250 mm 

1 

For installing trunking units with fire barriers, the following points 

must be observed in addition to correct positioning: 

• Horizontally mounted busbar runs must be supported by a 

fixing bracket fitted approx. 500 mm before and after the 

structural element they pass through. 

• The space $ surrounding the busbar trunking unit within the 

structural element it passes through must be packed with 

mineral-based mortar or ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90. 

• The gaps between PROMATECT-H(L) panels, the busbar 

trunking unit and the structural element must be sealed with 

ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90 (included as standard if panels are 

required). 

• The mortar or ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90 must conform to the 

applicable regulations for establishing fire resistance rating or 

the construction of the wall or ceiling (e.g. DIN 1045 and 

DIN 1053 Part 1). 

• The installation must be carried out according to pertinent 

building regulations (included as standard). 

5 

ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90 is available from: 

Diederich Industrievertretung 

(Brandschutztechnik) 

Cologne 

Tel.: +49(0)221/96652-0 

Fax: +49 (0) 2 21 / 9 66 52-2. 

NSV0_01039 


5/101






BD2.-.-... 

c 

Center of clamp terminal 

330 

163 

167 

307 (557) 

n × 500 (1000) 

220 

NSV0_00591 

Length 

Number of tap-off points on both sides 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

m n × 500 n × 1000 

0.5 ... 1.25 

1.26 ... 2.25 

2.26 ... 3.25 

– 

4 ... 8 

8 ... 12 

– 

2 ... 4 

4 ... 6 

On optional lengths, it may not be possible to fit 

tap-off units to all tap-off points 

N L1 L2 L3 PE 

167 


68 

NSV0_00086 

167 

500 ... 1250 A 

126 


L-units 

BD2.-...-LR-...(-G*) 

BD2.-...-LL-...(-G*) 

BD2.-...-LV-...(-G*) 

BD2.-...-LH-...(-G* 

c 

G* = 85 –175 

y = 360–1250 

70 

NSV0_00592 

x = 360–1250 

G* = 85 –175 

70 

NSV0_00593 

c 

x = 360–1250 

Rated current / A 

c / mm 

160 ... 400 68 

500 ... 1250 126 

y = 360–1250 

5 

Z-units 

BD2.-...-ZR-... 

BD2.-...-ZL-... 

BD2.-...-ZR-... 

BD2.-...-ZL-... 

z 

c 

c 

x = 360 – 600 

y = 360 – 600 

NSV0_00594 

z = 340–1250 

NSV0_00595 

x = 360–600 

y = 360–600 

70 

Rated current / A 

z / mm 

160 ... 400 140 ... 1250 

500 ... 1250 260 ... 1250 

5/102 Siemens LV 70 · 2006





T-units 

BD2.-...-TR 

BD2.-...-TL 

c1 

184 

c 

275 275 

184 70 

275 

163 

167 

NSV0_00596 

BD2.-...-TV 

BD2.-...-TH 

275 275 

184 

184 

163 

167 

275 

c1 

c 

NSV0_00597 

70 

Rated current / A c / mm c1 / mm 

160 ... 400 68 64 

500 ... 1250 126 122 

5 


5/103





K-units 

BD2.-...-KRL 

184 

275 

70 

275 

167 

275 

184 

c1 

184 

c 

275 

NSV0_00598 

163 

BD2.-...-KVH 

167 

275 

275 

70 

184 

c1 

c 

275 

184 

163 

184 

NSV0_00599 

5 

275 

Rated current / A c / mm c1 / mm 

160 ... 400 68 64 

500 ... 1250 126 122 

5/104 Siemens LV 70 · 2006





Flexible junction unit 

BD2-400-R, BD2-800-R 

c1 

c2 

b 

c3 

c 

182 

Ø 6,6 

15 

a1 

163 

167 

205 

a3 a2 a4 

NSV0_00600 

Type a1 a2 a3 a4 b c c1 c2 c3 

BD2-400-R 1250 424 187 187 79 68 64 101 50 

BD2-800-R 1750 786 350 250 146.5 126 122 195 145 

U shape 

c6 

R 

NSV0_00601 

Type c6 R min 

BD2-400-R 220 110 

BD2-800-R 340 110 

Z shape 

c6 

NSV0_00602 

5 

a5 

a6 

Type a5 a6 c6 R min 

BD2-400-R 175 1000 355 110 

BD2-800-R 530 1590 400 110 


5/105




Distribution board feeder unit 

BD2.-250-VE 

BD2.-400-VE, BD2.-1000-VE 

158 

58 

8 

c 

295 

4 × 65 

Ø12,5 

c 

Ø11 

90 

102 

108,5 

123 

285,5 

183,5 

307 

NSV0_00603 

163 

200 

NSV0_00604 

c1 

c2 

BD2.-1250-VE 

88 

44 

97 

452 88 

242 

77 

124 

64,5 

84 12,5 

31,5 

Enclosure cut-out 

Enclosure cut-out 

a 

b 

129 

146 

154 

NSV0_00606 

167 

185 

Ø 6,6 

NSV0_00605 

163 

200 

388 

112 

122 

Type a b c c1 c2 

BD2.-250-VE 34 68 121 64 84 

BD2.-400-VE 

BD2.-1000-VE 92 126 155.5 122 142 

BD2.-1250-VE 


BD2.-250-EE 

40 64 

74 

143,5 

100 

300 

75 

14 × 9 

3 

270 

Ø9 

20 

5 

163 

245 

270 

290 

200 

478 

563 

250 

NSV0_00607 

5/106 Siemens LV 70 · 2006





BD2.-400-EE 

BD2.-1000-EE 

163 


105 

200 


125 

9 

50 

100 

423 

100 

85 

219 

395 

420 


170 

304 

Ø9 

NSV0_00609 

200 

387,5 

605 

687 

14 × 9 

NSV0_00608 

BD2.-1250-EE 

163 

86 

258 

366 

587 

611 

631 

15 


200 

186 

200 

606 

386,5 

688 

NSV0_00610 

5 


5/107




Cabling boxes 

BD2-400-KR (BD2.-400-EE) BD2-1000-KR (BD2.-1000-EE) BD2-1250-KR (BD2.-1250-EE) 

191 

191 

9,5 

190,5 

223 

247,5 

223 

9 

NSV0_00611 

308 

332,5 

308 

NSV0_00613 

26,5 

100 

100 


285 

325 

370 

100 

325 

481 

473 

488,5 

14 × 9 

253 

NSV0_00612 

338 

Center feeder unit 

BD2.-400-ME 

27 




624 

650 

753 

250 

686 

12 

9 

950 

1000 

27 

163 

64 


NSV0_00614 

5 

165 

224 

5/108 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Center feeder unit 

BD2.-1000-ME 

27 




783 

654 

680 

190 

122 


12 

916 

936 

1200 

189 

327 

374 

27 

163 

9 

NSV0_00615 

1250 

Tap-off units 

Size 1 up to 25 A 

BD2-AK1/... 

BD2-AK1/3SD163..., 

BD2-AK1/3DK..., 

BD2-AK1/2T23..., 

BD2-AK1/3T23..., 

BD2-AK1/T25... 

BD2-AK1/2CEE163... 

BD2-AK1/CEE165... 

93 

199,7 

126,2 

75 

20,5 

NSV0_00617 

144 

190 

170 

170 

170 

170 

c1 

c2 

NSV0_00618 

c1 

c2 

NSV0_00619 

c2 

c1 

NSV0_00620 

Type c1 c2 

BD2-AK1/3SD163..., 71 13 

BD2-AK1/3DK..., 

BD2-AK1/2T23..., 

BD2-AK1/3T23..., 

BD2-AK1/T25... 

BD2-AK1/2CEE163... 88 44 

BD2-AK1/CEE165... 106 52 

5 


5/109




Tap-off units 


M25 M32 M40 M63 

20 

101 

BD2-AK02X/F... 

BD2-AK02X/GB... 

BD2-AK02X/S... 

214 

50 

NSV0_00621 

331 

NSV0_00622 

BD2-AK02M2/A... 

214 

331 

NSV0_00623 

5 

5/110 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Tap-off units 


9 

50 

101 

20 

50 354 

77 

NSV0_00624 

M32 

M40 M32 M20 

314 7 

BD2-AK2X/F..., BD2-AK2X/GB..., BD2-AK2X/S... 

M20 

205 

320 

NSV0_00625 

BD2-AK2M2/A... 


205 

320 

NSV0_00626 

Versions with CEE, BS CH and Schuko socket outlets 

BD2-AK2X/CEE635S33(/FORMP) 

BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33(/FORMP) 

BD2-AK2M2/CEE325A323 

BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S14 

BD2-AK2M2/2CEE165A163 

BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S27(/FORMP) 

BD2-AK2M2/T25... 

BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE165... 

BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE325... 

77 

b1 

NSV0_00628 

NSV0_00629 

5 

NSV0_00627 

Type b1 b2 

BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33(/FORMP) 98 -- 

BD2-AK2M2/CEE325A323 

BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S14 

BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE325 

BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S27(/FORMP) 86 -- 

BD2-AK2M2/2CEE165A163 

BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE165 

BD2-AK2M2/T25... 54 -- 

BD2-AK2X/3BS133... -- 54 

BD2-AK2M2/2SD163CEE165A163 86 54 

BD2-AK2X/3BS133... 

b2 

b2 

NSV0_00630 

BD2-AK2M2/2SD163CEE165A163 

b2 

b1 

NSV0_00631 


5/111




Tap-off units 


M25 M32 M40 M63 

BD2-AK03X/F... 


BD2-AK03X/TPNR... 

BD2-AK03X/SPNR... 

214 

50 

20 

101 

NSV0_00632 

431 

NSV0_00633 

BD2-AK03M2/A... 


214 

431 

NSV0_00634 

Versions with fuse switch-disconnector or circuit-breaker 

BD2-AK03X/GSTA00 

BD2-AK03X/L... 

101 

NSV0_00636 

101 26 

5 

NSV0_00635 

BD2-AK03X/L...-LD0G 

BD2-AK03X/FS... 

NSV0_00637 

141 69 

NSV0_00638 

141 69 

5/112 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Tap-off units 


BD2-AK03X/LSD... 

57 

172 

NSV0_00680 

20 70,5 


BD2-AK3X/GS00 


9 

20 

50 101 

50 474 

NSV0_00639 

M32 

M63 M40 M25 

434 7 

M20 


205 

5 

Version with fuse switch-disconnector 

BD2-AK3X/GSTZ00 

R 175 

60 



5/113




Tap-off units 


BD2-AK04/LSD... 

336 

260 

202 

494 



ca. 340 

725 

662 

BD2-AK04/LSM... 

278 

202 

NSV0_01041 

271 

348 

ca. 370 

BD2-AK04/SNH1 

BD2-AK04/FS... 

5 

278 

202 

NSV0_01042 

339 

263 

202 

NSV0_01043 

5/114 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Tap-off units 

Size 05, 06 up to 630 A 

BD2-AK05/LSD..., BD2-AK06/LSD... 


332 

252 

494 


862 

924 

941 

BD2-AK05/LSM..., BD2-AK06/LSM... 

390 

328 

252 

312 

ca. 400 

ca. 410 

NSV0_01044 

NSV0_01047 

BD2-AK05/SNH2, BD2-AK06/SNH3 

BD2-AK05/FS... 

328 

252 

NSV0_01048 

389 

313 

252 

5 

NSV0_01049 


5/115





54 h 10 

15 

NSV0_00646 

77 

Type 

BD2-GKM2/F 

BD2-GKX/F 

h 

101 

151 

BD2-GKM2/F 

NSV0_00647 


205 

BD2-GKX/F 

320 

NSV0_00648 

205 

320 

Protective sleeve 

Fire barriers 

BD2-400-D BD2-1250-D +BD2-S90 (S120)-... 

NSV0_00649 

208 

NSV0_00650 

208 

NSV0_00652 

64 

NSV0_00653 

107 

163 

110 

168 

BD2.-160 (-250, -315, -400) -... 

205 

BD2-...-D 

NSV0_00651 

208 

NSV0_00654 

122 

165 

NSV0_00655 

500 

163 

BD2.-500 (-630, -800, -1000, -1250)-... 

205 


End flanges 

BD2-400-SK, BD2-1250-EK 

BD2-400-FE, BD2-1250-FE 

5 

NSV0_00656 

330 


a 

Ø 6,6 

Type 

BD2-400-SK 

BD2-1250-EK 

a 

mm 

68 

126 

1 

165 

Type 

c 

mm 

BD2-400-FE 68 

BD2-1250-FE 126 

80 

167 

167 

c 

1 

2 

NSV0_00657 

2 

Length of trunking unit 

End of end flange = center of clamp terminal 

5/116 Siemens LV 70 · 2006

11 



Fixing 

Fixing bracket, flat and edgewise Spacer Spacer bracket 

BD2-400-BB, BD2-1250-BB BD2-DSB BD2-BD 


NSV0_00658 

15 

c 

33 

c1 

NSV0_00659 

30 ... 82 

110 

11 

169 

199 

100 

7,2 

7,2 

Type 

c 

mm 

BD2-400-BB 86,5 

BD2-1250-BB 144,5 

Vertical retaining element 

BD2-BWV 

16 

246 

200 

34 

c1 

mm 

48 

77 

33 

11 

Vertical retaining element 

BD2-BDV 

26 

25 


NSV0_00662 

NSV0_00660 

288 

250 

208 

100 

14 

9 

28 

To secure systems directly to concrete walls, 

always use steel expansion bolts approved 

by the local building inspectorate. 

For example: 

• RICO, Order No. 15J1-A08/40 

• Fischerwerke, type SLM8N, 

article no. 50521 

28 – 82 

91 

25 

9 

15 

48 +10 

-5 

135 

400 +10 

-5 

NSV0_00661 

27 

43 

600 


15 

Vertical fixing bracket 

BD2-BVF 

230 

200 

9 

16 

165 


5 


NSV0_00663 

55 

NSV0_00664 


115 


5/117




Protective covers according to IP54 



BD2-400-HF, BD2-1250-HF BD2-400-HFE, BD2-1250-HFE BD2-400-VF, BD2-1250-VF 

362 

b 

16 

182 

b 

16 

212 

NSV0_00666 

16 

b 

NSV0_00667 

NSV0_00665 

Type 

b 

mm 

BD2-400-HFE 72 

BD2-1250-HFE 130 

Type 

b 

mm 

BD2-400-VF 72 

BD2-1250-VF 130 

Type 

b 

mm 

BD2-400-HF 72 

BD2-1250-HF 130 


BD2-FF BD2-FFE BD2-FAS 

Flat and vertical mounting position 

364 

170 

NSV0_00669 

17,5 183 

166 

NSV0_00670 

19 122 

5 

NSV0_00668 

170 

17,5 

5/118 Siemens LV 70 · 2006




Protective covers to IP55 

For connection point or end flange 

BD2-400-FS, BD2-1250-FS, BD2-400-FSE, BD2-1250-FSE 

b 

a 

NSV0_00676 

170 

178 

190 

Type 

BD2-400-FS 

a 

72 

b 

37 

BD2-1250-FS 

130 

66 

BD2-400-FSE 

72 

37 

150 150 

368 

BD2-1250-FSE 

130 

66 

For tap-off units 

BD2-AK1-IP55 

70,5 

120 

110,5 

3 

10 166 

NSV0_00677 

BD2-AK02-IP55, BD2-AK03-IP55 

120 

Ø15 

10 

166 

NSV0_00678 

Ø45 

Ø75 

BD2-AK2X-IP55, BD2-AK3X-IP55 

Ø15 

10 

Ø45 

5 

Ø45 

Ø75 

X 

Ø45 

NSV0_00679 

View X 

Type 

BD2-AK2X-IP55 

a 

130 

165 

150 

166 

BD2-AK3X-IP55 

190 

95 

a 120 


5/119




Socket outlets incl. accessories 

Socket outlet with adapter enclosure 

BD2-CEE 

75 

75 

40 l1 

l2 

BD2-SD163 

75 

NSV0_00672 

NSV0_00671 

75 

15 

69 

Adapter enclosure 

BD2-AG 

26 

7 

60 

75 

M25 

NSV0_00673 

15 

4,4 

60 

75 

R 6 

3 

10 


Adapter plate 

BD2-APM 

BD2-APO 

5 

44 

NSV0_00675 

3,5 

38 

60 

75 

75 

38 

60 

5,3 

R 6 

NSV0_00674 

75 

75 

5/120 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

6/2 Glossary 

6/6 Ordering notes 

6/7 Further documentation 

6/8 Standards and approvals 

6/11 Siemens contacts 

6/12 A&D Online services 

6/13 Customer support 

6/14 Subject index 

6/15 Type reference list 

6/16 Terms and conditions 

of sale and delivery 

Export regulations 


Appendix 


Glossary 

■ Overview 

This glossary offers brief explanations of some of the terms used 

in this catalog. However it must not be regarded as a substitute 

for the actual text of the standard, especially where the new 

terms used in IEC/EN 60947 are concerned. 

(AC) Rating or rated power 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3) 

Altitude 

Ambient temperature, enclosed 

(see also IEV 441-11-13) 

Reference is made underneath each term to the relevant section 

in the standard, e.g. IEC/EN 60947-1. Additionally, IEV numbers, 

e.g. IEV 441-17-31, are stated in order to enable you to find foreign 

language equivalents in the International Electrotechnical 

Vocabulary (IEC 50). 

The operational power that an equipment is capable of switching at the 

associated rated operational voltage in accordance with the utilization 

category, e.g. contactor utilization category AC-3: 37 kW at 400 V. 

The density of air decreases with increasing altitude, and this reduces 

its insulating capacity as well as its heat transfer capability. The rated 

operational voltage and rated operational current of switching 

devices, conductors and motors as well as the tripping behavior of 

thermal overload relays are affected by this. 

Upon request, Siemens will supply information as to the suitability or 

otherwise of switchgear for operation at altitudes above the 2000 m 

limit specified by the standard. 

Please contact our local Siemens sales office or get in direct touch with 

Technical Assistance (see page 6/13). 

Temperature at which the switching device is capable of being operated 

within a closed enclosure. For this purpose, it must be taken into 

account that the heat losses of the device will add to the internal temperature 

rise within the enclosure. 

6 

Ambient temperature, open 


Back-of-hand proof 

Clearance in air 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.5.46/IEV 441-17-31) 

Closing delay 

Control circuit reliability 

Conventional free air thermal current I th 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.1) 

Creepage path/distance 


Damp heat, constant 

Damp heat, cyclical 

Emergency-Stop switching device 

Finger-safe 

Room temperature (for example of the workshop or contact chamber) 

in which the switching device is located. 

An equipment whose live parts cannot be touched by a sphere of 

50 mm diameter is regarded as back-of-hand proof. 

The distance between two conductive parts along a string stretched 

the shortest way between these conductive parts. The clearance in air 

is determined by the rated impulse withstand voltage, overvoltage 

category and the pollution degree. 

The interval of time between the instant of command and the first make 

operation of the contacts of the first pole to close. The closing delay is 

made up of the response delay and the closing delay. 

Measures the probability of switching states arising during the endurance 

of a contact that would be interpreted as faults by downstream 

electronic controllers (PLCs). Control circuit reliability is expressed in 

values based on tests using standard limit values for signals according 

to IEC/EN 61131-2. 

The maximum value of current that an equipment is capable of carrying 

for a minimum of 8 hours without thermal overloading. As a rule, it 

corresponds to the maximum rated operational current. 

The shortest distance along the surface of the insulating material 

between two conductive parts. The creepage path/distance is determined 

by the rated insulation voltage, the pollution degree and the 

creepage current resistance of the material used. 

This test subjects the equipment to an ambient temperature of 40 °C at 

a constant humidity of 93%. At set intervals during the test, the electrical 

and mechanical function of the equipment are examined. 

This test subjects the equipment to cyclically changing climatic conditions. 

A cycle applies 40 °C ambient temperature at 93% relative 

humidity for 12 hours, followed by 12 hours of 25 °C at 95%. At set 

intervals during the test, the electrical and mechanical function of the 

equipment are examined. 

Switching device with an Emergency-Stop circuit that is intended to 

prevent danger to persons, damage to machinery or work materials. 

An equipment whose live parts cannot be touched by the operator during 

actuation is termed finger-safe. This also affects operator activity on 

neighboring switching devices. The finger-safe area of a push-actuated 

operating medium is a circular area of at least 30 mm radius around the 

actuating element, and vertical to the direction of actuation. Within this 

circular area, touch-critical parts must be located at not less than 

80 mm below the actuating level. 

6/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

Glossary 

Interlock of opposing contacts 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.4.11 / IEV 441-16-12) 

Isolating function 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.19) 

Losses 


Mechanical shock resistance 

Minimum command time 

Opening delay 


Overvoltage category 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.5.60) 

Pollution degree 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 5.5.58) 

Positive opening 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.4.10 / IEV 441-16-11) 

This ensures that the auxiliary contacts of a switching device are 

always in the switching position corresponding to the open or closed 

position of the main contacts. The contacts of contactors are interlocked 

opposing contacts, provided they are mechanically linked in 

such a way as to ensure that normally closed contacts and normally 

open contacts can never be closed simultaneously. This arrangement 

must also ensure that minimum contact separation of 0.5 mm is maintained 

over the entire endurance of the device, even during a fault 

(e.g. welding of one contact). The pertinent German Trade Association 

requires the use of contactors with interlocked opposing contacts for 

control systems on power presses in the metal processing industry. 

Equipment is deemed to possess this isolating function provided their 

switching contacts, when in the open position, achieve the separation 

distance prescribed for the isolation of electrical circuits, and their 

creepage paths and clearance distances are of the required size. The 

power supply to the entire installation or a section of the installation can 

thus be cut off for safety reasons, e.g. during maintenance. 

The difference between the input power and the output power of a 

device. The main type of loss in electrical equipment and operating 

media in power distribution is current heat loss. 

The capacity of an equipment to withstand pulse-like motions without 

changing its operating status or sustaining damage. No contact lifting 

must take place on devices in the On position, the main contacts must 

not knock against one another in the Off position. A protective switch 

must not trip, and control circuit switches must not change their switching 

status. 

Minimum period of time for which a trip-initiating factor (control pulse, 

short-circuit current) must be present in order to effect the corresponding 

reaction, e.g. the short-circuit duration necessary to initiate tripping. 

The interval of time between the specified instant of initiation of the 

opening operation and the instant when the arcing contacts have separated 

in all poles. The opening delay is the sum of the tripping delay 

and the inherent delay of the contacts. 

Conventional number for prospective overvoltages as might be 

caused, for example, as a result of lightning or switching processes. 

The overvoltage category applicable to industrial switchgear is III. The 

applicability of switchgear according to the overvoltage categories is 

as follows: 

• Overvoltage category IV: 

Use directly at the termination point of the installation (directly affected 

by any lightning), e.g. at an overhead line connection point. 

• Overvoltage category III: 

Operating media with special requirements as to the serviceability for 

connection in fixed installations which are protected by overvoltage diversion 

measures, e.g. switches in low-voltage distribution systems or 

in control systems for industrial use. 

• Overvoltage category II: 

Power consumers for connection to fixed installations, e.g. household 

appliances, electrical tools. 

• Overvoltage category I: 

Operating media for connection to circuits with overvoltage protection 

schemes, e.g. electronic devices. 

Conventional number for the prospective quantities of conductive dust 

and humidity, which can lead to a reduction in the control circuit reliability 

of a switching device. The pollution degree is defined by the following 

factors: 

• Pollution degree 1: 

No pollution or only dry, non-conductive pollution occurs. The pollution 

has no effect on the control circuit reliability. 


Usually, only non-conductive pollution. However, transient conductivity 

through condensation is to be expected. 

• Pollution degree 3: (switchgear for industrial use) 

Conductive pollution or dry, non-conductive pollution, which is rendered 

conductive through condensation. 


The pollution leads to long-term conductivity, e.g. pollution through 

conductive dust, rain or snow. 

An opening operation which ensures that the main contacts of a switching 

device have attained the open position when the actuator is in the 

Off position. 

6 


6/3

Appendix 


Glossary 

6 

Positive or 

enforced operation/actuation 

Protection against direct contact 

Rated actuating voltage U c 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.5.1) 

Rated breaking capacity 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.5.3) 

Rated short-circuit current: I q 


Rated control voltage U s 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.5.1) 

Rated current I n (of a circuit-breaker) 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.2.3) 

Rated frequency 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.3) 

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.3) 

Rated insulation voltage U i 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.2) 

Rated making capacity 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.5.2) 

Rated operational current I e 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3) 

Rated operational voltage U e 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.1) 

Rated output power 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3) 

Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity I cs 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.5.2.2) 

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity I cn 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.3) 

Rated short-circuit making capacity I cm 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.2) 

Rated short-time withstand current I cw 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.1) 

This describes an arrangement where a link between the actuator and 

the switching element ensures that the force exerted on the actuator is 

transferred directly (without the intervention of sprung parts) onto the 

switching element. 

Design measures incorporated into equipment in order to prevent 

direct contact (i.e. without tools) with live parts of a system (fingersafe, 

back-of-hand proof). 

The voltage which is applied to the actuating make contact in a control 

circuit. Due to the presence in the control circuit of transformers or 

resistors, this voltage may differ from the rated control supply voltage. 

The r.m.s. value that a switching device is capable of breaking according 

to its utilization category. This value refers to the rated operational 

voltage and the rated operational current. Equipment must be 

capable of breaking any value of current up to and including its rated 

breaking capacity stated. 

The short-circuit current that a switching device, e.g. a circuit-breaker, 

protected by a short-circuit protective device such as a motor-protective 

circuit-breaker, can carry for the duration of the tripping delay of the 

protective mechanism. 

The voltage applied to the input terminals of the control circuit of an 

equipment. Due to the presence in the control circuit of transformers or 

resistors, this voltage may differ from the rated actuating (control 

circuit) voltage. 

For circuit-breakers, this current value is equal to the rated uninterrupted 

current and the conventional free-air thermal current. 

The frequency for which an equipment is designed and to which the 

other characteristics are referred. 

Measures the stability of the internal clearances of an equipment 

against overvoltage peaks. The utilization of suitable switchgear can 

ensure that overvoltages are prevented from transferring from the 

mains to de-energized system sections within it. 

The voltage to which insulation tests and creepage distances of equipment 

are referred. The maximum rated operational voltage must not 

be higher than the rated insulation voltage. 

The value of current that an equipment is capable of switching on in 

accordance with the utilization category and the rated operational 

voltage. 

The current that an equipment is capable of carrying, taking into 

account the rated operational voltage, duration of operation, utilization 

category and ambient temperature. 

The voltage to which the characteristics of an equipment are referred. 

The highest rated operational voltage must not be higher than the 

rated insulation voltage. 

The power output of a motor at the associated rated operational 

voltage. 

The prospective short-circuit current which, depending on the rated 

operational voltage, a circuit-breaker is capable of breaking repeatedly 

(test cycle O-CO-CO, previously P-2). After interrupting this shortcircuit 

current value, the circuit-breaker must be capable of continuing 

to carry and disconnect in the event of overloading, the rated uninterrupted 

current, despite its own thermal level having increased. 

The maximum value of current that an equipment is capable of switching 

off at rated operational voltage and rated frequency, and without 

sustaining damage. It is expressed as r.m.s. value. 

The maximum value of current that an equipment is capable of switching 

on at rated operational voltage and rated frequency, and without 

sustaining damage. Unlike for other characteristic values, it is 

expressed as maximum prospective peak value. 

The short-time withstand current value that the equipment is capable of 

carrying for a specified time without damage, e.g. due to excessive 

heating. 

6/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

Glossary 

Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity I cu 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.5.2.1) 

Rated uninterrupted current I u 

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.4) 

Safe isolation 

(see also IEC/EN 61140) 

Tamper proof 

Type of coordination 

Utilization category 


(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.4) 

Maximum short-circuit current which a circuit-breaker is capable of 

interrupting (test cycle : O.-CO, previously P-1). Following short-circuit 

switching off, the circuit-breaker is able, in the event of overload, to trip 

with increased tolerances. 

The value of current that an equipment can carry in uninterrupted operation 

(for weeks, months or years). 

Isolation of circuits not carrying hazardous voltages, e.g. protective 

extra-low voltage, from circuits in which hazardous voltages flow. Such 

isolation is achieved by means of reinforced or double insulation, which 

reliably prevents voltage transfer from one circuit to another. This might 

otherwise take place between main circuits and control circuits in 

switching devices or between primary and secondary in safety transformers. 

Safe isolation is a priority requirement for safety circuits and 

functional low-voltage circuits. 

An Emergency-Stop switching device is regarded as tamper proof 

provided it cannot be reset without tools or via prescribed procedure, 

after tripping has taken place. The device latches in the tripped position. 

Accidental or deliberate manipulation (inching) is ruled out. 

Status of a switchgear combination (motor-starter) during and after testing 

at rated short-circuit current: 

• Type "1" coordination: 

- No risk to persons or installations 

- No requirement for immediate readiness for renewed operation 

- Damage to the starter is admissible 

• Type "2" coordination: 

- No risk to persons or installations 

- Starter is capable of renewed operation 

- No damage to the starter with the exception of a slight welding of the 

contacts, provided they can be separated without significant deformation 

A combination of specified requirements relating to the condition in 

which the switching device or fuse fulfills its purpose, selected to represent 

a characteristic group of practical applications. The specified 

requirements may concern, for example, the values of making capacity, 

breaking capacity and other characteristic values, data concerning 

associated circuits, and the relevant conditions of use and operational 

behavior. 

For circuit-breakers, the utilization category denotes whether the equipment 

is designed for selectivity using time delay (category B) or not 

(category A). 

Symbols used in technical specifications and formulae 

DF Duty factor I T Response value of earth-fault release 

I ∆n Response value of earth-fault release I th Conventional free air thermal current 

I cm Rated short-circuit making capacity I the Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices 

I cn Rated short-circuit breaking capacity I u Rated uninterrupted current 

I cs Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity S NT Transformer rating 

I cu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity t r Time delay of overload release response 

I cw Rated short-time withstand current t T Time delay of earth-fault release response 

I e Rated operational current t v Time delay of short-circuit release response 

i Transformer initial short-circuit current I rmf Response value of fixed, non-delayed short-circuit release 

I L Response value for load monitoring I rmv Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release 

I n Rated current U c Rated actuating voltage 

I NT Rated transformer current U e Rated operational voltage 

I PK Rated peak withstand current U i Rated insulation voltage 

I q Rated short-circuit current U im Rated impulse withstand voltage 

I r Set value of electronic trip unit u k Transformer short-circuit voltage 

I rm Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release U s Rated control voltage 

6 


6/5

Appendix 


Ordering notes 

■ Aluminum (Al) and copper (Cu) surcharges 


Surcharges for aluminum (Al) and copper (Cu) will be added to 

the prices of certain products. Calculation of the surcharges will 

be governed by the official Al quotation for aluminum and by the 

Cu-DEL quotation applying on the date of receipt of order or of Order number 

call-off. 

The prices for products in this catalog include the price of 

aluminum and copper calculated on the basis of a list price of 

€150/100 kg. If the aluminum and copper rates exceed this Type 

price, a surcharge will be made on the basis of the DEL quotation 

in force on the day of delivery. 

Equation for calculating Al and Cu surcharges: 

Cu-DEL quotation or Al quotation € – 150 € 

---------------------------------------------------------- × Cu/Al weight (kg) 

100 kg 

The DEL quotation ("COPPER DEL – Notiz hoch" and "ALU in 

Kabeln") can be consulted daily on the Internet: 

http://kabelverband.de/delnotizen/ 

Metallnotierungen%202006.html 

The order number and the type designation must be quoted in 

all orders. 

When ordering from the catalog the prefix BVP: must be placed 

before the article number listed in the catalog, for example: 

BVP:034262. 

If a type designation contains * characters, it is not complete 

(e.g. in case of variable lengths) and must be supplemented 

according to specifications in the table. 

■ Small orders 

When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order 

processing are greater than the order value. We recommend 

therefore that you combine several small orders. Where this is 

not possible, we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing 

supplement of e 20.-- to cover our costs for order processing 

and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less 

than € 250.--. 

6 

6/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

Further documentation 

■ Overview 

You will find all the latest information material, such as brochures, 

catalogs, manuals and operating instructions on lowvoltage, 

controls and distribution on the Internet at: 

http://www.siemens.de/niederspannungs-schalttechnik/info 

or 

http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/info 

Here you can order your copy of the available documentation or 

download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP). 

We regard product support as just as important as the products 

and systems themselves. Visit our Support site on the Internet for 

a comprehensive range of material on SIRIUS, SENTRON and 

SIVACON, such as 

• Catalogs available to order free of charge 

• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download 

• Online registration for seminars and events 

• Up-to-date answers to your queries and problems 

• Software upgrades and updates for fast download 

• Telephone assistance in more than 190 countries 

• Photos and graphics for external use 

and much, much more - all conveniently and easily accessible 

We also provide further support for SIRIUS - SENTRON - SIVACON 

Brochures, catalogs and CDs offer fast and more in-depth information 

6 


6/7

Appendix 


Standards and approvals 

■ Overview 

Verification certificates and characteristic curves 

To find the latest overview of the certificates available for our lowvoltage 

controls and distribution products, as well as other technical 

documentation, please visit our Internet site at: 

http://www.siemens.de/niederspannungs-schalttechnik/support 

or 

http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support 

Product support: Approvals / Certificates 

Product support: Characteristic curves 

■ Approval requirements valid in different countries 

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, 

manufactured and tested according to the relevant German 

standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European standards 

(EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards assigned 

to the individual switchgear and controlgear components 

are stated in the relevant parts of this catalog. 

As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the various 

regulations valid - as well as the well-known regulations like VDE 

EN and IEC - in other countries are also taken into account in the 

design of the equipment in order to be able to supply the devices 

worldwide in standard versions. 

In some European countries and in North America, an approval 

is required for certain low-voltage switchgear and controlgear 

components. Depending on the market requirements, these 

components have been submitted for approval to the authorized 

testing institutes. (see table, page 6/9.) 

In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only approve 

special switchgear designs. For this equipment, partial 

limitations of the maximum permissible voltages, currents and 

ratings can be imposed, or special approval and, in some 

cases, special identification is required. 

In some European countries, an approval is required for installation 

material. The equipment group „miniature circuit-breakers 

and RCCBs“ can still be marked in certain fields and therefore 

bears the corresponding marks of approval. 

(see table, page 6/9) 

For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine classification 

societies must be observed. In some cases, they require 

type tests of the components to be approved. 

(see table, page 6/9) 

6 

6/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 


■ Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements 

Country Canada 1) USA 1) China Belgium Germany France Austria Switzerland 

Government-appointed or private, 

officially recognized testing bodies 

CSA UL (USA) UL CQC CEBEC VDE UTE ÖVE SEV 

Approval symbol 

s cu 

cU 

cUUS 

cUUS 

Approval requirements ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 

2) 2) 

Remarks 

CCC Approval requirements only for installation material 

1) For guide numbers and file numbers for approvals, please visit 

www.siemens.com/automation/support and select "Product Support". 

u 

U 

V 

2) UL and CSA are authorized to grant approvals according to Canadian or 

US regulations. Please note: these approvals are frequently not recognized 

and additional approval often has to be obtained from the national 

testing authority. 

■ Marine classification societies 

Name 

Country Germany France United Kingdom 

Germanischer 

Lloyd 

Bureau 

Veritas 

Lloyds 

Register of 

Shipping 

Italy Norway Poland Russia, CIS USA 

Registro 

Italiano 

Navale 

Det Norske 

Veritas 

Polski 

Rejestre 

Statków 

Russian 

Maritime 

Register of 

Shipping 

Codes GL BV LRS RINA DNV PRS RMRS ABS 

American 

Bureau of 

Shipping 

■ > mark of conformity 

Manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to 

which EU directives apply must identify their products, instruction 

manuals or packaging with a CE mark of conformity. 

The CE mark of conformity confirms that a product fulfills the appropriate 

basic requirements of all pertinent directives. The mark 

■ Special specifications for the USA and Canada 

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing machines 

in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber insulated 

conductors enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar to that 

used for gas or water pipe systems. 

The tubing system must be completely watertight and electrically 

conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the 

tubing system can also be grounded, the cable entries of enclosed 

units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads must 

be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and the 

tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the 

switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately 

unless otherwise specified. 

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits 

(e.g. contactor relays, command and signaling devices and 

control switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally only 

Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada) 

Recognized component 

UL issues yellow "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and a File No 

Devices are identified on the rating plate 

using the "UL recognition mark": 

USA: U, cUUS 

Canada: cU, cUUS 

Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.: 

as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, 

wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or 

elsewhere, according to the conditions of use. 

of conformity is a mandatory requirement for putting products 

into circulation throughout the EU. 

All products in this catalog are conform with the EC standards 

and have the CE mark. 

• Low-voltage directive (NS 73/23/EU) 

• EMC directive (EMC 89/336/EU) 

approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard Duty" 

and are identified either with these specifications in addition to 

the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbreviation. 

The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix 

1 Table A1 and correspond to the stated utilization categories. 

For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has 

been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the 

control switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they have 

the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can only 

be connected to the same pole of the control voltage, e.g. 

"600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity". 

Listed product 

UL issues white "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and a File No. 

Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate 

e.g. USA: u LISTED 165 C Canada: cu LISTED 165 C 

IND. CONT. EQ. 

IND. CONT. EQ. 

(165 C stands for: Siemens, A & D CD Division, Amberg plant) 

Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.: 

• As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by 

trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere. 

• As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada. 

If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as "recognized components" and allowed to be marked U or cU. 

6 


6/9

Appendix 



■ Special specifications in different countries 

Argentina 

In Argentina the approval requirements are based on Resolution 

92/98. Since 01.04.2001 circuit-breakers and RCCBs require 

approval. 

Since 01.04.2002 protective switches up to I n =63A and 

U max = 440 V require approval and must bear a mark of 

conformity. 

CCC approval for China 

A003617 

Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required 

for all products that are marketed in China. 

GOST approval for Russia 

A GOST approval is required for all products 

that are to be sold in Russia. The GOST mark 

has been obligatory on the packaging of all 

devices since mid-1998. 

All devices delivered to any part of the Russian 

Federation must have this customs certification. 

South Africa 

In South Africa there are approval requirements for circuit-breakers 

and busbar trunking systems. Such equipment must bear a 

conformity mark. 

Romania 

In Romania, components which are used in public buildings 

must be approved by the Romanian testing authority ICECON. 

■ Country-specific approvals 

Country Canada USA Romania Russia 1) , CIS Turkey Ukraine China South Africa 

Codes UL CSA ICECON GOST-R TSE Ukraine- CCC SABS 

GOST 


CD-K system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ ✔ ✔ 

BD01 system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- ✔ 

BD2 system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- ✔ 

LD system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- ✔ 

LX system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- -- 

LR system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- -- 

✔ = approved or certified 

1) In Russia, the BD2, LD and LX systems also passed the fire barrier test 

(Poshtest). 

■ Approvals issued by marine classification societies 

Country Germany France United 

Kingdom 

Name 

Germanischer 

Lloyd 

Bureau 

Veritas 

Lloyds 

Register of 

Shipping 

Italy Norway Poland Russia, CIS USA 

Registro 

Italiano 

Navale 

Det Norske 

Veritas 

Polski 

Rejestre 

Statków 

Russian 

Maritime 

Register of 

Shipping 

Codes GL BV LRS RINA DNV PRS RMRS ABS 


CD-K system -- -- -- -- ✔ -- -- -- 

BD01 system ✔ ✔ ✔ -- ✔ -- -- -- 

BD2 system ✔ ✔ ✔ -- ✔ -- -- -- 

LD system ✔ ✔ ✔ -- ✔ -- -- -- 

LX system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

LR system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

✔ = approved or certified 

American 

Bureau of 

Shipping 

6 

6/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

Siemens contacts 

■ Siemens contacts worldwide 

At: 

http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner 

you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide 

responsible for particular technologies. 

You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for 

• Technical Support, 

• Spare parts/repairs, 

• Service, 

• Training, 

• Sales or 

• Consultation/engineering. 

You start by selecting a 

• Country, 

• Product or 

• Sector. 

By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly 

the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise 

6 


6/11

Appendix 


A&D Online services 

■ A&D in the WWW 

A detaild knowledge of the range of products and services available 

is essential when planning and configuring automation systems.It 

goes without saying that this information must always be 

fully up-to-date. 

The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore 

built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide 

Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required. 

Under the address 

http://www.siemens.com/automation 

you will find everything you need to know about products, 

systems and services. 

■ Product selection using the interactive catalog 

Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions: 

The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products 

and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation 

and Drives product base. 

Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the 

fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives. 

All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to 

work with and intuitive. 

After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the 

press of a button, by fax or by online link. 

Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found on the 

Internet under 

http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01 

or on CD-ROM or DVD. 

■ Easy shopping with the A&D Mall 

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in 

the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products 

presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive 

way. 

Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection 

through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out 

online via the Internet. 

Numerous functions are available to support you. 

For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the 

required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. 

Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes 

can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing. 

Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under: 

http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall 

6 

6/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

Customer support 

■ Configuration and software engineering 

Support in configuring and developing 

with customer-oriented 

services from actual configuration 

to implementation of the automation 

project. 2) 

.I 

In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to 

keep ahead all the time: 

A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for 

the necessary support - in every phase. 

Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a 

complete range of different services for automation and drives. 

In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and 

upgrading. 

Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity 

and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form. 

■ Technical support 

Competent consulting in technical 

questions covering a wide 

range of customer-oriented services 

for all our products and 

systems. 

Tel.: +49 (180) 50 50 222 

Fax: +49 (180) 50 50 223 

E-Mail: ad.support@siemens.com 

■ Online support 

The comprehensive information 

system available round the 

clock via Internet ranging from 

Product Support and Service & 

Support services to Support 

Tools in the Shop. 

http://www.siemens.com/ 

automation/service&support 

■ Service on site 

With Service On Site we offer 

services for startup and maintenance, 

essential for ensuring 

system availability. 

Tel.: +49 (180) 50 50 444 2) 

■ Technical consulting 

Support in the planning and designing 

of your project from detailed 

actual-state analysis, 

target definition and consulting 

on product and system questions 

right to the creation of the 

automation solution. 2) 

■ Repairs and spare parts 

In the operating phase of a machine 

or automation system we 

provide a comprehensive repair 

and spare parts service ensuring 

the highest degree of operating 

safety and reliability. 

Tel.: +49 (180) 50 50 446 2) 

Technical assistance 

Expert technical assistance 1) for 

Low-voltage controls and electrical 

installation. 

Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00 

Fax: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 07 

■ Optimization and upgrading 

To enhance productivity and 

save costs in your project we offer 

high-quality services in optimization 

and upgrading. 2) 

E-Mail: technical-assistance 

@siemens.com 

1) Contact: 

Technical assistance for product selection · Old/new coding · 

Competitor coding · Special versions · Special requirements · Sales 

promotion (Infoline). 

Your regional contacts for sales support (prices, discounts, delivery times). 

Technical Support for commissioning support and after-sales services. 

2) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at: 

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support 

6 


6/13

Appendix 


Subject index 

Page Page Page 

A 

Adapter enclosure 5/72 

Adapter plates 5/72 


BD01 system 4/5, 4/18 ... 4/21 

BD2 system 5/10, 5/61 

Arrangement of luminaires 3/17 

B 

Balanced load 3/16 

Busbar trunking planning 2/8 

C 

Cable clips 3/5, 3/14 

Cable entry 5/69 

Cabling box 5/69 

Ceiling mounting 4/29, 5/13, 5/68 

Center feeder unit 5/48, 5/49 

Clamp terminals 

BD01 system 4/3, 4/27 

BD2 system 5/4, 5/68 

Coding 


CD-K system 3/5, 3/13 

Communication-capable busbar trunking 2/9 

Consumption recording 2/10 

Lighting control 2/10 

Switching and reporting 2/10 

Concentrated load 3/16 

Connection points 

BD01 system 4/3, 4/6, 4/26 

BD2 system 5/4, 5/70, 5/71 


Connections 3/3, 4/3, 5/4 

D 

Degree of protection IP54 5/11, 5/70 

Degree of protection IP55 3/6, 3/13, 4/6, 

4/26, 5/12, 5/71 

Degrees of protection 5/89 

Determining the orientation of BD2 system 5/77 

Distribution board feeder unit 5/48, 5/49 

E 

End feeder unit 5/46, 5/47 

CD-K system 3/11 

End flanges 


BD2 system 5/68 


Engineering 3/15 ... 3/21, 4/28 ... 4/32, 

5/73 ... 5/93 

Entry feeder unit 


F 

Feeder units 

BD01 system 4/4, 4/6, 4/8, 4/11 

BD2 system 5/7, 5/19, 5/46 ... 5/49 


Fire barrier 5/80, 5/101 

Fire barriers 5/6, 5/94 ... 5/101 

Fire load 2/11, 5/21 

Fixing 

BD01 system 4/7, 4/27, 4/29, 4/30 

BD2 system 5/13, 5/68, 5/69, 5/75 



BD2 system 5/13, 5/68, 5/69 


Fixing intervals 3/16, 4/29, 4/30, 5/82 

Fixture 


Flanges IP54 5/70 

Flanges IP55 5/71 

Functional endurance 5/91 

Fuses 3/13 

G 

Grid types 5/90 

H 

Horizontal installation 5/78, 5/84 

I 

Installation plan 5/84, 5/85 

J 

Junction units 5/81 


BD2 system 5/5, 5/30 ... 5/45 

Flexible 4/3, 4/11, 5/36, 5/37, 5/44, 5/45 

K-units 5/36, 5/37, 5/44, 5/45 

L-units 5/30, 5/31, 5/34, 5/35, 

5/38, 5/39, 5/42, 5/43 

Position of fire barrier 5/96 ... 5/100 

T-units 5/36, 5/37, 5/44, 5/45 

Z-units 5/32, 5/33, 5/40, 5/41 

K 

Key to type references, BD2 system 5/74 

M 

Magnetic fields 5/91 

O 

Operational current 4/31 

Overload protection 4/8, 4/31, 5/82 

P 

Pendant fixing 3/16, 4/30 

Power distribution systems (grid types) 5/90 

Protection against direct contact 5/89 

Protective sleeve 5/11 

R 

Retaining elements, vertical busbar runs 5/13, 

5/68 

Route planning 5/78 ... 5/80 

S 

Seals IP55 5/71 

Short-circuit protection 3/20, 4/8, 4/31, 

5/82, 5/88 

Sizes of the trunking units (cross-sections) 5/74 

Socket outlets 5/72 

Spacer bracket 5/13, 5/68 

Spacers 5/13, 5/68 

Sprinkler test 5/92 

Standard transformers 5/88 

Supporting structures 5/75 

Suspension 3/5, 4/7, 4/27, 4/29, 4/30 




Suspension hook 3/14 

T 

Tap-off plugs 




BD2 system 5/70, 5/71 


Tap-off units 

BD01 system 4/4, 4/5, 4/6, 4/8, 4/12 ... 4/17, 

4/20 ... 4/23 

BD2 system 5/8 ... 5/10, 5/14, 5/20, 

5/50 ... 5/60, 5/62 ... 5/66, 5/80 

Temperature characteristic 3/21, 4/31, 5/83 

Threaded/centering plate 3/14 


BD01 system 4/3, 4/9, 4/10 

BD2 system 5/4, 5/5, 5/15 ... 5/18, 

5/22 ... 5/29 

CD-K system 3/3, 3/9, 3/10 

Optional lengths 5/81 

Position of fire barrier 5/95, 5/96 

Standard lengths 5/81 

U 

Underfloor mounting 3/5, 3/14, 3/16 

V 

Vertical installation 5/79, 5/86 

Voltage drop 3/21, 4/32, 5/83 

W 

Wall mounting 4/29, 5/13, 5/68 

6 

6/14 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Appendix 

Type reference list 

Type Equipment Page Type Equipment Page 

B 

BD01 System 

BD01-FS Accessories IP55 for connection points 4/26 

BD01-FES Accessories IP55 for feeder units 4/26 

BD01-KS Accessories IP55 for feeder units 4/26 

BD01-FAS Accessories IP55 for tap-off points 4/26 

BD01-AK...-IP55 Accessories IP55 for tap-off units 4/26 

BD01-GK... Ancillary equipment units 4/18 ... 4/21 

BD01-...-KB Clamp terminals 4/27 

BD01-K Coding sets for tap-off points 4/27 

BD01-EF End flanges 4/27 

BD01-...-E Feeder units 4/11 

BD01-B Fixing brackets for trunking units 4/27 

BD01-...-R... Junction units, flexible 4/11 

BD01-BA, -BAP Suspension brackets for trunking units 4/27 

BD01-AK... Tap-off units 4/12 ... 4/17, 

4/20 ... 4/25 

BD01-... Trunking units 4/10 

C 

CD-K System 

CD-CL Cable clips 3/14 

CD-K... Coding sets for tap-off points 3/13 

CD-CAP Connection fixtures 3/13 

CD-ZS-... Cylindrical fuses 3/13 

CD-K-...-EE End feeder units 3/11 

CD-EF End flanges for trunking units 3/13 

CD-K-...-EA Entry feeder units 3/11 

CD-B, -BC, -BUF Fixing brackets for trunking units 3/14 

CD-FS Mounting sets IP55 for connection points 3/13 

CD-SAK Mounting sets IP55 for tap-off plugs 3/13 

CD-FAS Mounting sets IP55 for tap-off points 3/14 

CD-BA Suspension brackets for trunking units 3/14 

CD-H Suspension hooks for trunking units 3/14 

CD-K-A... Tap-off plugs 3/12 

CD-GP Threaded/centering plates 3/14 

CD-K-... Trunking units 3/9, 3/10 

BD2 System 

BD2-AG Adapter enclosures for socket outlets 5/72 

BD2-AP... Adapter enclosures for socket outlets 5/72 

BD2-GK... Ancillary equipment units 5/61 

BD2-...-KR Cabling boxes 5/69 

BD2-...-MBAL Cabling entry plates 5/69 

BD2-...-EBAL Cabling entry plates 5/69 

BD2.-...-ME Center feeder units 5/48, 5/49 

BD2-CEE... CEE socket outlets 5/72 

BD2-...-SK Clamp terminals 5/68 

BD2.-...-VE Distribution board feeder units 5/48, 5/49 

BD2-...-FE End flanges 5/68 

BD2.-...-EE End feeder units 5/46, 5/47 

BD2-B... Fixing 5/68, 5/69 

BD2-...-BB Fixing brackets 5/68 

BD2-FF, -FAS Flanges for degree of protection IP54, IP55 5/70 

BD2-...-HF Flanges for degree of protection IP54, 

edgewise 5/70 

BD2-...-VF Flanges for degree of protection IP54, 

vertical 5/70 

BD2-...-FS Flanges for degree of protection IP55 5/71 

BD2.-...-K... Junction units (K-units) 5/36, 5/37, 

5/44, 5/45 

BD2.-...-L... Junction units (L-units) 5/30, 5/31, 

5/34, 5/35, 

5/38, 5/39, 

5/42, 5/43 

BD2.-...-T... Junction units (T-units) 5/36, 5/37, 

5/44, 5/45 

BD2.-...-Z... Junction units (Z-units) 5/32, 5/33, 

5/40, 5/41 

BD2.-...-R Junction units, flexible 5/36, 5/37, 

5/44, 5/45 

BD2-...-D Protective sleeves 5/69 

BD2-SD... Schuko socket outlets 5/72 

BD2-AK...-IP55 Seals IP55 for tap-off units 5/71 

BD2-AK... Tap-off units 5/50 ... 5/60, 

5/62 ... 5/67 

BD2.-...-S... Trunking units 5/22-5/29 

6 


6/15

Appendix 


Terms and conditions of sale and delivery 

Export regulations 

■ Terms and conditions of sale and delivery 

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software 

products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the 

following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions 

for supplies and services, including software products, 

by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany, 

shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and 

Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. 

For customers with a seat or registered office in the 

Federal Republic of Germany 

The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Conditions 

for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical 

and Electronics Industry“ shall apply. 

For software products, the „General License Conditions for Software 

Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a 

Seat or registered Office in Germany“ shall apply. 

For customers with a seat or registered office outside of 

Germany 

The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Conditions 

for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers 

with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall 

apply. 

For software products, the „General License Conditions for Software 

Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a 

Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall apply. 

General 

The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. 

The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. 

It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to 

the applicable legal regulations. 

In addition to the prices of products which include silver, plump, 

aluminum and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the 

respective limits of the notes are exceeded. The respective note 

(e.g. source: German newspaper „Handesblatt“ in category 

„deutsche Edelmetalle“ and „Metallverarbeiter“) for silver („verarbeitetes 

Silber“), plump („Blei in Kabeln“), aluminum („Aluminium 

in Kabeln“) and copper („Elektrolytkupfer“, „DEL-Notiz“) respectively, 

of the day the order or rather the on call order is 

received, is decisive for the calculation of the surcharges. 

Surcharges of copper shall be calculated for Drives at a note 

(„DEL-Notiz“) above EUR 225,00 / 100 Kg and for chokes / transformers 

above EUR 150,00 / 100 kg. 

Surcharges shall be charged based on the quantities of the materials 

which are contained in the relevant products. 

Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit 

the prices valid at the time of delivery. 

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German 

law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only 

apply to devices for export. 

Illustrations are not binding. 

Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, 

- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - 

these are subject to change without prior notice. 

■ Export regulations 

The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to 

European / German and/or US export regulations. 

Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval 

by the competent authorities. 

According to current provisions, the following export regulations 

must be observed with respect to the products featured in this 

catalog / price list: 

AL 

ECCN 

Number of the German Export List. 

Products marked other than “N“ require an export 

license. 

In the case of software products, the export designations 

of the relevant data medium must also 

be generally adhered to. 

Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are 

subject to a European or German export authorization 

when being exported out of the EU. 

Export Control Classification Number. 

Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a 

reexport license to specific countries. 

In the case of software products, the export 

designations of the relevant data medium must 

also be generally adhered to. 

Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are 

subject to a US re-export authorization. 

Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authorization 

may be required due to the final destination and purpose for 

which the goods are to be used. 

The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization 

indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices. 

Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice. 

A&D/VuL/En 06.03.06 

6 

6/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2006


Catalogs of the 

Automation and Drives Group (A&D) 

Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed 

in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner 


Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD 

Catalog 

• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01 

Automation Systems for Machine Tools 

SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60 

SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61 

Drive Systems 

Variable-Speed Drives 

SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, D11 

SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units 

SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1 

SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 

D12 

Medium-Voltage Converter 0.6 MVA to 28 MVA 

SINAMICS S120 

D 21.1 

Vector Control Drive System 

SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System D 21.2 

SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3 

Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 

DC Motors DA 12 

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 

Converters 

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 

Cabinet Units 

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 

SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 

MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 

Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 

SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors 

Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11 

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60 

• Main Spindle/Feed Motors 

• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO 

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61 

• Main Spindle/Feed Motors 

• Drive System SINAMICS S120 

Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1 

Electrical Installation Technology 

ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and 

Distribution Boards 

PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System 

ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks 

BETA Modular Installation Devices 

DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets 

GAMMA Building Management Systems 

ET A1 

ET A3 

ET A5 

ET B1 

ET D1 

ET G1 

Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80 

Industrial Communication for 


Catalog 

IK PI 

Low-Voltage 

Controls and Distribution – 

LV 1 

SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON 

Controls and Distribution – 

LV 1 T 

Technical Information 

SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON 

SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60 

SIVENT Fans LV 65 

SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70 

Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10 

Process Instrumentation and Analytics 

Field Instruments for Process Automation 

FI 01 

Measuring Instruments for Pressure, 

Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature, 

Positioners and Liquid Meters 

PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12 

SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20 

SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31 

SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01 

Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02 

Process Analytical Instruments PA 01 

PDF: Process Analytics, 

PA 11 

Components for the System Integration 

SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems 

SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45 

Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70 

Micro Automation 

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7 

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 

ST PCS 7.1 

Process Control System 

Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 

ST PCS 7.2 

Process Control System 

pc-based Automation 

ST PC 

SIMATIC Control Systems 

ST DA 

SIMATIC Sensors FS 10 

SIPOS Electric Actuators 

Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35 

Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2 

Systems Engineering 

Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1 

System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2 

System Solutions 

Applications and Products for Industry are part of the 

interactive catalog CA 01 

TELEPERM M Process Control System 

PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112 

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. 

A&D/3U/En 25.07.06


www.siemens.com/lowvoltage 

Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 68206 | KG 0706 6. BD 228 En / 603031 | Printed in Germany | © Siemens AG 2006 

Siemens AG 


Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution 

Postfach 48 48 

90327 NÜRNBERG 

GERMANY 

www.siemens.com/automation 

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or 

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always 

apply as described or which may change as a result of further development 

of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall 

only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and 

technical specifications are subject to change without notice. 

All product designations may be trademarks or product names of 

Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own 

purposes could violate the rights of the owners. 

Order No. E86060-K1870-A101-A2-7600 Token fee: 4.00 €

ens AG 

Busbar Trunking Systems 

CD-K, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A 

Catalog LV 70 • 2006

BD01 System â 40 ... 160 A - GRUP DAP

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?

BD01 System â 40 ... 160 A - GRUP DAP